PARAGON TRADE BRANDS INC
10-Q, 1998-05-13
CONVERTED PAPER & PAPERBOARD PRODS (NO CONTANERS/BOXES)
Previous: LIFE MEDICAL SCIENCES INC, 10-Q, 1998-05-13
Next: CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES INC, 8-K, 1998-05-13



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-Q

(X)    QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES 
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                For the thirteen week period ended March 29, 1998

                                       OR

[   ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES 
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 For the transition period from ______________________ to _____________________

                           Commission File No. 1-11368

                           PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                  Delaware                                  91-1554663
        (State or other jurisdiction                     (I.R.S. Employer
      of incorporation or organization)                 Identification No.)

                             180 Technology Parkway
                             Norcross, Georgia 30092
                    (Address of principal executive offices)


                                 (678) 969-5000
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock was 11,924,251
shares  ($.01 par value) as of March 29, 1998.


                                                                          Page 1
                                                        Exhibit Index on Page 25



                                       1
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                            INDEX TO FORM 10-Q FILING
                FOR THE THIRTEEN WEEK PERIOD ENDED MARCH 29, 1998



                                                                        Page No.

                              PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.       Financial Statements                                           3
                      Consolidated Statements of Operations                  3
                      Consolidated Balance Sheets                            4
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                  5
                      Notes to Financial Statements                          6

Item 2.       Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition   13
              and Results of Operations

                                PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.       Legal Proceedings                                             19
Item 2.       Changes in Securities                             (not applicable)
Item 3        Defaults in Senior Securities                     (not applicable)
Item 4.       Submission of Matters to a Vote of                (not applicable)
               Security Holders                                 
Item 5.       Other Information                                 (not applicable)
Item 6.       Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K                              21

              Signature Page                                                24

              Exhibit Index                                                 25

              Exhibits                                                      28










                                       2

<PAGE>

                          PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                          ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
               (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                    (NOTE 2)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Thirteen Weeks Ended
                                                                 --------------------
                                                       March 29, 1998             March 30, 1997
                                                       --------------             --------------
<S>                                                     <C>                         <C>      
Sales, net of discounts and allowances.......           $  138,297                  $ 135,685
Cost of sales................................              110,799                    107,847
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
Gross profit.................................               27,498                     27,838
Selling, general and administrative expense..               19,052                     20,441
Research and development expense.............                1,402                        924
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
Operating profit.............................                7,044                      6,473
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated                                                    
        subsidiaries.........................                  924                         59
Interest expense (contractual interest $1,550
        during the period ended March 29, 1998)                290                        881
Other income.................................                  424                        446
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
Earnings before income taxes and bankruptcy
        costs................................                8,102                      6,097
Bankruptcy costs.............................                1,646                          -
Provision for income taxes...................                  450                      2,295
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
Net earnings ................................           $    6,006                  $   3,802
                                                 =================          =================


Basic earnings per common share..............           $       .50                 $     .32
                                                 ==================         =================
Diluted earnings per common share............           $       .50                 $     .32
                                                 ==================         =================
Dividends paid...............................           $        -                  $       -
                                                 =================          =================
</TABLE>














SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



                                       3
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
              (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                    (NOTE 2)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            
                                                      March 29, 1998            December 28, 1997
                                                      --------------            -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>                        <C>
ASSETS
Cash and short-term investments..............           $   31,040                 $      991
Receivables..................................               66,690                     70,616
Inventories..................................               44,973                     48,257
Current portion of deferred income taxes.....                1,400                      1,800
Prepaid expenses.............................                4,111                        697
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
        Total current assets.................              148,214                    122,361
Property and equipment.......................              110,144                    118,383
Construction in progress.....................               13,365                     11,154
Assets held for sale.........................               12,296                     11,073
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiary, at                                      
        cost.................................               19,964                     19,964
Investment in and advances to unconsolidated
        subsidiaries, at equity..............               57,603                     53,844
Goodwill.....................................               34,259                     34,739
Other assets.................................                8,000                      4,624
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
        Total assets.........................           $  403,845                 $  376,142
                                                 =================          =================

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities not subject to compromise:
        Short-term borrowings................           $    1,391                 $   14,185
        Checks issued but not cleared........                4,376                      9,375
        Accounts payable.....................               23,052                     40,305
        Accrued liabilities..................               33,391                     32,392
        Accrued loss contingency.............                    -                    200,000
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
        Total current liabilities............               62,210                    296,257
Liabilities subject to compromise (Note 7)...              328,142                          -
Long-term debt...............................                    -                     70,000
Deferred income taxes........................                3,222                      3,656
Deferred compensation........................                    -                      1,275
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
        Total liabilities....................              393,574                    371,188

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 1 and 9)

Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock:  Authorized 10,000,000
        shares, no shares issued, 
        $.01 par value.......................                    -                          -
Common stock:  Authorized 25,000,000 shares,
        issued 12,352,328 and 12,343,324
        shares, $.01 par value...............                  123                        123
Capital surplus..............................              143,847                    144,368
Foreign currency translation adjustment......               (1,054)                    (1,066)
Retained deficit.............................             (122,370)                  (128,376)
Less:  Treasury stock, 428,077 and 388,658
        shares, at cost......................              (10,275)                   (10,095)
                                                 ------------------         -----------------
        Total shareholders' equity...........               10,271                      4,954
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
        Total liabilities and shareholders'
         equity..............................          $   403,845                $   376,142
                                                 =================          =================
</TABLE>


SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.



                                       4
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                          (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
                                    (NOTE 2)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Thirteen Weeks Ended
                                                                 --------------------
                                                      March 29, 1998              March 30, 1997
                                                      --------------              --------------
<S>                                                     <C>                        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net earnings................................            $    6,006                 $    3,802
Non-cash charges (benefits) to earnings:
        Depreciation and amortization........                8,494                      7,957
        Deferred income taxes................                  (34)                       690
        Equity in (earnings) loss of                                                
               subsidiaries..................                 (602)                       247
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Accounts receivable..................                  535                     14,333
        Inventories and prepaid expenses.....                 (130)                    (4,728)
        Accounts payable.....................               25,506                      6,420
        Checks issued but not cleared........               (4,999)                    (2,260)
        Accrued liabilities..................                1,142                     (7,195)
Other .......................................               (1,812)                      (209)
                                                 ------------------         ------------------
        Net cash provided by operating
               activities....................               34,106                     19,057
                                                 -----------------          -----------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Expenditures for property and equipment......               (3,411)                   (15,832)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.                3,408                        809
Investment in and advances to unconsolidated
        subsidiaries, at equity..............               (2,488)                    (3,500)
Other .......................................               (2,036)                       (88)
                                                 ------------------         -----------------
        Net cash used by investing activities               (4,527)                   (18,611)
                                                 ------------------         -----------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase in short-term borrowings........                  470                      4,700
Proceeds from U.S. bank credit facility......                    -                          -
Repayments of U.S. bank credit facility......                    -                    (10,000)
Sale of common stock.........................                    -                        179
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
        Net cash provided (used) by financing
             activities......................                  470                     (5,121)
                                                 -----------------          ------------------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH..............               30,049                     (4,675)
Cash at beginning of period..................                  991                      8,297
                                                 -----------------          -----------------
Cash at end of period........................           $   31,040                 $    3,622
                                                 =================          =================

Cash paid (refunded) during the period for:
        Interest, net of amounts capitalized.           $    1,010                 $      873
                                                 =================          =================
        Income taxes.........................           $      840                 $   (5,553)
                                                 =================          ==================
        Bankruptcy costs.....................           $      413                 $        -
                                                 =================          =================
</TABLE>


SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.



                                       5
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                FOR THE THIRTEEN WEEK PERIOD ENDED MARCH 29, 1998
          (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

NOTE 1:  CHAPTER 11 PROCEEDINGS

On January 6, 1998 Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. ("Paragon" or the "Company") filed
for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States  Bankruptcy  Code (the "Chapter
11 filing"),  in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of
Georgia.  The Company is currently operating as a debtor in possession under the
Bankruptcy  Code. See "Notes 9 and 10 of the Notes to Financial  Statements" and
"PART II: OTHER INFORMATION, ITEM 1: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS."

The Company has previously  disclosed that the Procter & Gamble Company  ("P&G")
had filed a claim  against the Company in the United States  District  Court for
the District of Delaware,  alleging that the Company's  "Ultra"  disposable baby
diaper  products  infringe two of P&G's inner-leg  gather  patents.  The lawsuit
sought injunctive  relief,  lost profit and royalty damages,  treble damages and
attorneys'  fees and costs.  The Company denied  liability under the patents and
counterclaimed  for patent  infringement and violation of antitrust laws by P&G.
The Company  has also  previously  disclosed  that if P&G were to prevail on its
claims,  award of all or a substantial amount of the relief requested could have
a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of
operations.

On December 30, 1997, the District  Court issued a Judgment and Opinion  finding
two of  P&G's  diaper  patents  to be  valid  and  infringed  by  the  Company's
disposable   diaper   products,   while  also  rejecting  the  Company's  patent
infringement  claims against P&G. The District  Court had earlier  dismissed the
Company's antitrust  counterclaim on summary judgment. The Judgment entitles P&G
to damages  based on sales of the  Company's  diapers  containing  the inner-leg
gather feature.  While the final damages number has not been  adjudicated by the
District  Court,  the Company and P&G have  determined  the damages number to be
approximately  $178.4  million and will jointly  request that the District Court
fix the damages in that amount. In addition, P&G has indicated that it will seek
an award of attorneys'  fees and costs.  The Company and P&G have also agreed on
language for the injunctive relief to be ordered by the District Court.

The amount of the award  resulted in  violation of certain  covenants  under the
Company's bank loan  agreements.  As a result,  the issuance of the Judgment and
the uncertainty it created caused an immediate and critical  liquidity issue for
the Company.  The Chapter 11 filing was designed to (i) prevent P&G from placing
liens on  Company  property;  (ii)  permit the  Company  to appeal the  Delaware
District Court's decision in the P&G case in an orderly fashion;  and (iii) give
the  Company the  opportunity  to resolve  liquidated  and  unliquidated  claims
against the Company which arose prior to the Chapter 11 filing.

Substantially  all  liabilities  outstanding  as of the date of the  Chapter  11
filing are subject to resolution under a plan of reorganization to be voted upon
by the Company's  creditors  and  shareholders  and confirmed by the  Bankruptcy
Court.  Schedules were filed by the Company on March 3, 1998 with the Bankruptcy
Court  setting  forth the  unaudited,  and in some cases  estimated,  assets and
liabilities of the Company as of the date of the Chapter 11 filing,  as shown by
the Company's  accounting records. The Court has set a June 5, 1998 bar date for
the filing of proofs of claim (apparently  excluding  administrative  claims) by
creditors.  P&G has  indicated  that it  currently  intends  to file  additional
unliquidated  claims  ranging  from  approximately  $355  million  to $1 billion
relating to  additional  alleged  diaper  patent claims in the United States and
other  countries;  the  Company  has been  advised  by patent  counsel  that its
products do not infringe any valid claims of any of the patents  asserted by P&G
in the United  States,  and does not  believe  that the  Company  has any patent
liability to P&G in foreign countries.

In addition, Kimberly-Clark Corporation ("K-C") has indicated that it intends to
assert  claims in excess of $100  million  against  the  Company  on  account of
alleged  liabilities  arising prior to the filing of the Chapter 11 petition and
that it will assert  post-filing  administrative  claims  allegedly  accruing at
approximately  $2 million per month.  The Company is in the process of gathering
information  to evaluate  such claims and is unable,  at this time, to determine
the amount, if any, of such claims which could be substantiated.  See "Note 9 of
the Notes to Financial Statements."



                                       6
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

The Chapter 11 filing did not include the  Company's  wholly owned  subsidiaries
including   Paragon   Trade  Brands   (Canada)   Inc.,   Paragon   Trade  Brands
International, Inc., Paragon Trade Brands FSC, Inc. and Changing Paradigms, Inc.
The following information  summarizes the combined results of operations for the
thirteen  weeks ended March 29, 1998 and March 30, 1997, as well as the combined
balance   sheets  as  of  March  29,  1998  and  December  28,  1997  for  these
subsidiaries.  This  information  has been  prepared  on the  same  basis as the
consolidated financial statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Thirteen Weeks Ended
                                                                 --------------------
                                                       March 29, 1998             March 30, 1997
                                                       --------------             --------------
<S>                                                     <C>                        <C>
Sales, net of discounts and allowances.......           $   14,802                 $   12,027
Gross profit.................................           $    2,431                 $    2,019
Earnings before income taxes.................           $    2,148                 $      672
Net earnings.................................           $    1,664                 $      492


                                                      March 29, 1998            December 28, 1997
                                                      --------------            -----------------
Current assets...............................           $   12,927                 $   13,692
Non-current assets...........................           $   48,923                 $   48,641
Current liabilities..........................           $    4,632                 $    7,167
Non-current liabilities......................           $    9,760                 $    9,415
</TABLE>

NOTE 2:   BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND 
          REPORTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of Paragon  Trade
Brands,  Inc. and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany
transactions and accounts are eliminated.

The accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet as of December 28, 1997, which has
been  derived from  audited  financial  statements,  and the  unaudited  interim
consolidated  financial  statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission.  Certain information and
note disclosures  normally included in annual financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles have been condensed or
omitted pursuant to those rules and  regulations,  although the Company believes
that the  disclosures  made are adequate to make the  information  presented not
misleading. It is suggested that these consolidated financial statements be read
in conjunction  with the financial  statements and the notes thereto included in
the Company's latest annual report on Form 10-K.

In the opinion of management,  all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of
the  results  of the  interim  periods  have  been  included.  All such  interim
adjustments are of a normal recurring  nature except for the  bankruptcy-related
costs.  The results of operations  for the thirteen week period ending March 29,
1998 should not be regarded as necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for the full year.

The  financial  statements  have been  prepared  on the going  concern  basis of
accounting,  which  contemplates  continuity of operations  and  realization  of
assets and liquidation of liabilities in the ordinary course of business.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain   reclassifications  have  been  made  to  the  prior  years'  financial
statements to conform them to the current year's presentation.



                                       7
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD

Effective  December  29,  1997,  the Company  adopted  SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income," which requires the display of  comprehensive  income and
its components in the financial statements.
See NOTE 5.

NOTE 3:  BANKRUPTCY COSTS

Bankruptcy  costs  were  directly  associated  with  the  Company's  Chapter  11
reorganization proceedings and consisted of the following:

                                                      Thirteen Weeks Ended
                                                      --------------------
                                                          March 29, 1998
                                                          --------------
Professional fees............................               $     1,590
Other   .....................................                        88
Interest Income..............................                       (32)
                                                      ------------------
                                                            $     1,646
                                                      ==================

NOTE 4:  INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense for the  subsidiaries  not  included in the Chapter 11 filing
was $.5 million  during the period  ended March 29, 1998.  The Company  recorded
income tax expense of  approximately  $1,800  during the period  ended March 29,
1998,  which was  offset by a  reduction  in its  deferred  tax asset  valuation
allowance.

NOTE 5: COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The following are the components of comprehensive income:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Thirteen Weeks Ended
                                                                    --------------------
                                                           March 29, 1998        March 30, 1997
                                                           --------------        --------------
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>
Net income...................................                 $   6,006             $    3,802
Foreign currency translation adjustment......                        12                    (88)
                                                      -----------------     -------------------
Comprehensive income.........................                 $   6,018             $    3,714
                                                      =================     ==================
</TABLE>

NOTE 6:  INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          March 29, 1998       December 28, 1997
                                                          --------------       -----------------
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>
LIFO:
        Raw materials - pulp.................                 $     388             $      381
        Finished goods.......................                    23,482                 25,770

FIFO:
        Raw materials - other................                     7,856                  8,561
        Materials and supplies...............                    19,731                 20,942
                                                      -----------------     ------------------
                                                                 51,457                 55,654

        Reserve for excess and
            obsolete items...................                    (6,484)                (7,397)
                                                      ------------------    ------------------

Net inventories..............................                 $  44,973             $   48,257
                                                      =================     ==================
</TABLE>



                                       8
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

NOTE 7:  LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE

Liabilities subject to compromise under the Company's reorganization proceedings
include substantially all current and long-term unsecured debt as of the date of
the  Chapter  11  filing.  Pursuant  to the  Bankruptcy  Code,  payment of these
liabilities  may not be made  except  pursuant  to a plan of  reorganization  or
Bankruptcy  Court order while the  Company  continues  to operate as a debtor in
possession.  The Company has received  approval from the Bankruptcy Court to pay
or otherwise honor certain of its pre-petition  obligations  including  employee
wages, benefits and expenses.

Liabilities subject to compromise are comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         March 29, 1998     December 28, 1997
                                                         --------------     -----------------
<S>                                                         <C>                  <C>         
Accrued loss contingency.....................               $  200,000           $          -
Bank debt....................................                   83,264                      -
Accounts payable.............................                   39,265                      -
Accrued liabilities .........................                    4,338                      -
Deferred compensation........................                    1,275                      -
                                                      ----------------      -----------------
                                                            $  328,142           $          -
                                                      ================      =================
</TABLE>


NOTE 8:  EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Thirteen Weeks Ended
                                                                   --------------------
                                                          March 29, 1998         March 30, 1997
                                                          --------------         --------------
        <S>                                                  <C>                   <C>

        Net earnings.........................                $    6,006            $    3,802
                                                      =================     =================

        Weighted average number of common
            shares used in basic EPS (000's)                     11,934                11,818
        Effect of dilutive securities:
            Stock options (000's)............                         -                   103
                                                      -----------------     -----------------

        Weighted number of common shares and
            dilutive potential common stock in
            dilutive EPS (000's)............                     11,934                11,921
                                                      =================     =================

        Basic earnings per common share                      $      .50            $       .32
                                                      =================     ==================
        Diluted earnings per common share                    $      .50            $       .32
                                                      =================     ==================
</TABLE>

Options to  purchase  760,853  and 329,612  shares of common  stock  outstanding
during the periods ending March 29, 1998 and March 30, 1997, respectively,  were
not included in the calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive.





                                       9
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

NOTE 9:  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

THE PROCTER & GAMBLE  COMPANY V. PARAGON TRADE BRANDS,  INC. - P&G filed a claim
in January  1994 in the  District  Court for the  District of Delaware  that the
Company's  "Ultra"  disposable  baby  diaper  products  infringe  two  of  P&G's
inner-leg gather patents.  The lawsuit sought injunctive relief, lost profit and
royalty  damages,  treble  damages and  attorneys'  fees and costs.  The Company
denied liability under the patents and  counterclaimed  for patent  infringement
and  violation  of  antitrust  laws by P&G. In March 1996,  the  District  Court
granted  P&G's motion for summary  judgment to dismiss the  Company's  antitrust
counterclaim.  The trial was completed in February 1997,  the parties  submitted
post-trial  briefs and closing  arguments  were  conducted  on October 22, 1997.
Legal  fees and costs for this  litigation  have  been and will  continue  to be
significant.

On December 30, 1997, the Delaware  District Court issued a Judgment and Opinion
finding  that  P&G's  patents  are valid and  infringed,  while at the same time
finding the Company's patent to be invalid,  unenforceable  and not infringed by
P&G's products.  Judgment was entered on January 6, 1998.  While a final damages
number has not been  entered by the  District  Court,  the  Company and P&G have
determined  the  damages  number to be  approximately  $178.4  million  and will
jointly  request  that the  District  Court fix the damages in that  amount.  In
addition,  P&G has indicated  that it will seek an award of attorneys'  fees and
costs.  The  Company and P&G have also  agreed on  language  for the  injunctive
relief to be ordered by the District Court.

The  Judgment  has had a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial
position and its results of operations.  The Company has filed with the District
Court a motion for a new trial or to alter or amend the  Judgment.  The  Company
intends to  vigorously  pursue an appeal of the Court's  decision to the Federal
Circuit Court of Appeals at the appropriate time.

As a result of the District Court's Judgment, the Company filed for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C.  Section 101 et seq., in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Georgia (Case No. 98-60390)
on January 6, 1998.

As a result of the Company's Chapter 11 filing,  further  proceedings in the P&G
litigation  were stayed.  By orders  entered on January 15, 1998 and February 4,
1998,  respectively,  the Bankruptcy Court lifted the stay to permit the Company
to pursue its motion  for a new trial or to alter or amend the  judgment  in the
District  Court  and to  pursue  its  appeal.  P&G  has  filed a  motion  in the
Bankruptcy Court seeking to have the automatic stay lifted in order to allow P&G
to seek injunctive relief and an accounting for damages.

It is possible that the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates may be subject
to similar patent claims on diaper products sold in other countries. The Company
is unable to determine the amount of any such claims at this time.

KIMBERLY-CLARK CORPORATION V. PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. -- On October 26, 1995,
K-C filed a lawsuit against the Company in U.S. District Court in Dallas, Texas,
alleging  infringement by the Company's  products of two K-C patents relating to
inner-leg gathers. The lawsuit seeks injunctive relief, royalty damages,  treble
damages and attorneys'  fees and costs.  The Company has denied  liability under
the patents and has  counterclaimed  for patent  infringement  and  violation of
antitrust laws by K-C. In October 1996, K-C filed a motion for summary  judgment
with respect to the Company's antitrust counterclaim along with a motion to stay
discovery pending  resolution of such motion for summary judgment.  On April 18,
1997, K-C filed a motion for summary judgment of  noninfringement of two patents
asserted by the Company and a motion for partial summary judgment construing the
claims of one of the K-C  patents-in-suit.  On November  22,  1996,  the Company
filed a motion to amend its antitrust  counterclaim and on June 13, 1997 filed a
motion for summary  judgment on one of the patents asserted by K-C. In addition,
K-C has sued the  Company  on another  patent  issued to K-C which is based upon
further continuation of one of the K-C patents asserted in the case. That action
has been consolidated with the pending action. The Court has appointed a special
master  to  rule on the  various  pending  motions.  Legal  fees  and  costs  in
connection with this litigation have been and will be significant.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

As a result of the  Company's  Chapter 11  filing,  the  proceedings  in the K-C
litigation have been stayed.  The Bankruptcy  Court issued an order on April 10,
1998 permitting,  among other things, a partial lifting of the stay to allow the
issuance of the special  master's  report on the items under his  consideration.
K-C has filed  with the  Bankruptcy  Court a motion for  reconsideration  of the
Court's April 10 order.

Should K-C prevail on its claims,  award of all or a substantial  portion of the
relief  requested by K-C could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's
financial condition and its results of operations. Based on the advice of patent
counsel,  the Company has taken the position that the Company's  products do not
infringe any valid patent asserted by K-C.

OTHER  -- The  Company  is also a party  to  other  legal  activities  generally
incidental to its activities. Although the final outcome of any legal proceeding
or dispute is subject to a great many variables and cannot be predicted with any
degree of certainty,  the Company presently believes that any ultimate liability
resulting from any or all legal  proceedings or disputes to which it is a party,
except for the  Chapter 11 filing and the P&G and K-C matters  discussed  above,
will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations.

NOTE 10:  BANK CREDIT FACILITIES

At  December  28,  1997,  the Company  maintained  a $150,000  revolving  credit
facility with a group of nine financial  institutions available through February
2001.  At December  28,  1997,  borrowings  under this credit  facility  totaled
$70,000.  Borrowings  under this credit facility are reflected as long-term debt
in the accompanying balance sheet at December 28,1997.  Interest was at fixed or
floating rates based on the financial  institution's  cost of funds. The Company
was also required to maintain certain  financial  covenants under the agreement.
Paragon  Trade  Brands  (Canada)  Inc.  has  guaranteed  obligations  under this
revolving credit facility.

At December 28, 1997, the Company also had access to short-term  lines of credit
on an  uncommitted  basis with several  major banks.  At December 28, 1997,  the
Company had  approximately  $50,000 in uncommitted  lines of credit.  Borrowings
under these lines of credit  totaled  $12,800 at December 28,  1997.  Borrowings
under these lines of credit  were  reflected  as  short-term  borrowings  in the
accompanying balance sheet at December 28, 1997.

The terms of the revolving credit  facility,  and the short-term lines of credit
described above provide that a voluntary filing of a Chapter 11 petition results
in an event of default on such  indebtedness.  Amounts  outstanding  under these
facilities are reflected as  Liabilities  Subject to Compromise in the accompany
balance  sheet as of March 29, 1998.  As a result of its Chapter 11 filing,  the
Company  is  prohibited  from  paying  any  pre-petition   liabilities   without
Bankruptcy  Court  approval.  Accordingly,  no such  interest  expense  has been
recorded in the accompanying  financial  statements for the period subsequent to
January 6, 1998.

At December 28, 1997, Paragon Trade Brands (Canada) Inc. maintained a Cdn $5,000
revolving term credit  facility,  guaranteed by the Company,  available  through
October  1998.  At March 29, 1998 and December 28, 1997,  borrowings  under this
credit facility totaled $1,391 and $1,385, respectively. The filing of a Chapter
11 perdition by the Company resulted in an event of default under this revolving
credit  facility.  Borrowings  under this  facility are  reflected as short-term
borrowings in the accompanying balance sheets.  Interest is at fixed or floating
rates based on the financial institution's cost of funds.

On January 30,  1998,  the  Bankruptcy  Court  entered a final order (the "Final
Order")  approving the Credit Agreement (the "DIP Credit  Facility") as provided
under the Revolving  Credit and Guaranty  Agreement dated as of January 7, 1998,
among the Company,  as borrower,  the subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors,
and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as agent  ("Chase").  Pursuant to the terms of the
DIP Credit  Facility as amended by the First  Amendment  dated January 30, 1998,
the Second  Amendment  dated March 23, 1998 and the Third  Amendment dated April
15,  1998,  Chase and a syndicate  of banks has made  available to the Company a
revolving credit and letter of credit facility in an aggregate  principal amount
of $75,000.  The Company's  maximum  borrowing under the DIP Credit Facility may
not  exceed the lesser of $75,000  or an  available  amount as  determined  by a
borrowing  base  formulation.  The borrowing  base  formulation  is comprised of
certain


                                       11
<PAGE>

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

specified  percentages  of eligible  accounts  receivable,  eligible  inventory,
equipment and personal and real property of the Company. The DIP Credit Facility
has a sublimit of $10,000 for the issuance of letters of credit.  The DIP Credit
Facility  expires on the  earlier  of July 7,  1999,  or the date of entry of an
order by the Bankruptcy Court confirming a plan of reorganization.

Obligations under the DIP Credit Facility are secured by the security  interest,
pledge and lien on substantially  all of the Company's assets and properties and
the  proceeds  thereof,  granted  pursuant  to the Final  Order  under  Sections
364(c)(2) and 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Borrowings under the DIP Credit
Facility may be used to fund  working  capital and for other  general  corporate
purposes.  The DIP Credit Facility  contains  restrictive  covenants,  including
among  other  things,  limitations  on the  creation  of  additional  liens  and
indebtedness,  limitations on capital expenditures,  limitations on transactions
with affiliates including  investments,  loans and advances, the sale of assets,
and the maintenance of minimum  earnings before interest,  taxes,  depreciation,
amortization and  reorganization  items, as well as a prohibition on the payment
of dividends.

The DIP Credit Facility provides that advances made will bear interest at a rate
of 0.5 percent per annum in excess of Chase's  Alternative  Base Rate, or at the
Company's  option,  a rate of 1.5  percent  per annum in  excess of the  reserve
adjusted London  Interbank  Offered Rate for the interest periods of one, two or
three months.  The Company pays a commitment fee of 0.5 percent per annum on the
unused portion thereof, a letter of credit fee equal to 1.5 percent per annum of
average outstanding letters of credit and certain other fees.

The Company has issued a $1,300  standby  letter of credit  under the DIP Credit
Facility.  No loans were outstanding  under the DIP Credit Facility at March 29,
1998.

Paragon Trade Brands (Canada) Inc. has entered into a new $500 operating  credit
facility.  Borrowings under this Canadian  operating credit facility are secured
by  substantially  all of Paragon Trade Brands  (Canada)  Inc.'s assets and will
bear  interest at a rate of 1 percent  over the  financial  institution's  prime
rate.  The Company will not  guaranty  borrowings  under the Canadian  operating
credit facility. Upon the execution of a standstill agreement with the financial
institutions  holding the  outstanding  loans under the  Company's  pre-petition
$150,000  revolving credit facility,  the maximum  borrowings under the Canadian
operating  credit facility may increase to the lesser of $3,000 or 75 percent of
Paragon Trade Brands (Canada) Inc.'s trade receivables. At that time, borrowings
under the Canadian  revolving  credit  facility will be repaid with the proceeds
from borrowings under the Canadian operating credit facility.



                                       12
<PAGE>

                          PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

             ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS
                      OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

                   PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED MARCH 29, 1998 COMPARED TO THIRTEEN WEEKS
                              ENDED MARCH 30, 1997


CHAPTER 11 PROCEEDINGS

The Company has previously  disclosed that The Procter & Gamble Company  ("P&G")
had  filed a claim  against  it in the  United  States  District  Court  for the
District of Delaware, alleging that the Company's "Ultra" disposable baby diaper
products  infringe two of P&G's  inner-leg  gather  patents.  The lawsuit sought
injunctive  relief,  lost  profit  and  royalty  damages,   treble  damages  and
attorneys'  fees and costs.  The Company denied  liability under the patents and
counterclaimed  for patent  infringement and violation of antitrust laws by P&G.
The Company  has also  previously  disclosed  that if P&G were to prevail on its
claims,  award of all or a  substantial  amount of the relief  requested  by P&G
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results of operations.

On December 30, 1997, the District  Court issued a Judgment and Opinion  finding
two of  P&G's  diaper  patents  to be  valid  and  infringed  by  the  Company's
disposable   diaper   products,   while  also  rejecting  the  Company's  patent
infringement  claims against P&G. The District  Court had earlier  dismissed the
Company's antitrust  counterclaim on summary judgment. The Judgment entitles P&G
to damages  based on sales of the  Company's  diapers  containing  the inner-leg
gather feature.  While the final damages number has not been  adjudicated by the
District  Court,  the Company and P&G have  determined  the damages number to be
approximately  $178.4  million and will jointly  request that the District Court
fix the damages in that amount. In addition, P&G has indicated that it will seek
an award of attorneys'  fees and costs.  The Company and P&G have also agreed on
language for the injunctive relief to be ordered by the District Court.

The amount of the award  resulted in  violation of certain  covenants  under the
Company's bank loan  agreements.  As a result,  the issuance of the Judgment and
the uncertainty it created caused an immediate and critical  liquidity issue for
the Company.

On January 6, 1998, the Judgment was entered on the docket in Delaware in such a
manner  that P&G would have been able to begin  placing  liens on the  Company's
assets.  As a result,  the  Company  filed for  relief  under  Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C.  Section 101 et seq., in the United States Bankruptcy
Court for the  Northern  District of Georgia  (Case No.  98-60390) on January 6,
1998 (the "Chapter 11 filing"). None of the Company's subsidiaries or affiliates
were  included in the Chapter 11 filing.  The Chapter 11 filing was  designed to
(i) prevent P&G from placing liens on Company property;  (ii) permit the Company
to appeal the Delaware  District  Court's decision on the P&G case in an orderly
fashion;  and (iii) give the Company the  opportunity to resolve  liquidated and
unliquidated  claims  against the  Company,  which arose prior to the Chapter 11
filing, thereby protecting all stakeholders' interests.

The  Company  is  currently  operating  as a  debtor  in  possession  under  the
Bankruptcy  Code. The  Bankruptcy  Court has set a June 5, 1998 bar date for the
filing of proofs of claim by  creditors.  P&G has  indicated  that it intends to
file additional  unliquidated  claims ranging from approximately $355 million to
$1 billion  relating to  additional  alleged  diaper patent claims in the United
States and other countries;  the Company has been advised by patent counsel that
its products do not infringe any valid claims of any of the patents  asserted by
P&G in the United  States,  and does not believe that the Company has any patent
liability to P&G in foreign countries.

In addition, Kimberly-Clark Corporation ("K-C") has indicated that it intends to
assert  claims in excess of $100  million  against  the  Company  on  account of
alleged  liabilities  arising prior to the filing of the Chapter 11 petition and
that it will assert  post-filing  administrative  claims  allegedly  accruing at
approximately  $2 million per month.  The Company is in the process of gathering
information  to evaluate  such claims and is unable,  at this time, to determine
the amount, if any, of such claims which could be substantiated.

                                       13
<PAGE>

The Company is unable to predict at this time when it will  emerge from  Chapter
11 protection.  See "Notes 1, 9, and 10 Notes to Financial Statements" and "PART
II: OTHER INFORMATION, ITEM 1: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS" herein.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net earnings  were $6.0 million in the first  quarter of 1998  compared with net
earnings of $3.8 million in the first  quarter of 1997.  The increase in profits
in the first  quarter of 1998  compared to the same period in 1997 was primarily
due to lower  operating  losses  associated  with the  feminine  care  business,
improved  efficiencies  and  lower  manufacturing  overhead  in the baby  diaper
business,  improved results from unconsolidated  subsidiaries and lower selling,
general and  administrative  expenses  ("SG&A").  These  positive  factors  were
partially  offset by  higher  costs of  sourcing  products  from  Paragon-Mabesa
International.  S.A. de C.V. ("PMI") under a supply contract,  royalties payable
to P&G under a product  conversion  agreement  and higher  product  design costs
associated with the breathable baby diaper product.

The first  quarter of 1998 was also  favorably  impacted by a  reduction  in its
deferred  tax asset  valuation  allowance  of $1.8  million.  This  benefit  was
partially  offset by  bankruptcy  costs of $1.0 million,  net of tax,  primarily
related to professional fees.

Basic  earnings  per share in the first  quarter of 1998 were $.50  compared  to
basic  earnings per share of $.32 in the first  quarter of 1997.  Excluding  the
effects of the tax  provision  and  bankruptcy  costs,  discussed  above,  basic
earnings per share were $.44 per share in the first quarter of 1998.

Basic  earnings  per share of $.50 in the first  quarter of 1998  included a net
loss of $.17 related to the  feminine  care and adult  incontinence  businesses.
Basic  earnings  per share of $.32 in the first  quarter of 1997  included a net
loss of $.29 related to the feminine care and adult incontinence businesses. The
lower losses, compared to 1997, are expected to continue throughout 1998 but the
Company does not expect these businesses to break even until sometime in 1999.

NET SALES

Net sales were  $138.3  million  in the first  quarter  of 1998,  a 1.9  percent
increase from the $135.7 million  reported in the first quarter of 1997.  Diaper
unit sales remained  relatively  flat with unit sales of 899 million  diapers in
the first quarter of 1998  compared to 902 million  diapers in the first quarter
of 1997.  The  increase  in sales  primarily  reflects  the sales  growth of the
feminine care, adult  incontinence and household  cleaning products  businesses.
Volume  remained  under pressure from  discounts and  promotional  allowances by
branded  manufacturers  and value  segment  competitors,  the  continued  use of
multiple packs and by customer losses to a store-brand diaper competitor. Volume
may also be negatively  impacted by recently announced product  introductions by
branded  manufacturers and uncertainties related to the Chapter 11 filing. These
conditions are expected to continue throughout 1998.

Excluding the effect of a favorable product mix, average sales prices during the
first quarter of 1998 decreased  approximately 1.5 percent compared to the first
quarter of 1997. The decrease in prices was primarily due to the use of multiple
packs by the branded  manufacturers and value segment  competitors,  competitive
pressure from store-brand  diaper competitors and significant price decreases in
Canada.  Although  Kimberly  Clark  recently  announced  a  5  percent  increase
effective  July 1, 1998 it is difficult to predict if the Company will recognize
a price increase in 1998.

COST OF SALES

Cost of sales in the first quarter of 1998 was $110.8 million compared to $107.8
million in the first quarter of 1997, a 2.8 percent increase. As a percentage of
net sales,  cost of sales was 80.1 percent in the first quarter of 1998 compared
to 79.4 percent in the  comparable  1997 period.  Costs were higher in the first
quarter  of 1998  compared  to the  same  period  of 1997  primarily  due to the
sourcing  of  products  from PMI under a supply  contract,  charges  related  to
royalties payable to P&G under a product conversion agreement and higher product
design costs  associated with the breathable  baby diaper product.  These higher
costs were partially offset by the improved baby diaper efficiencies, lower baby
diaper  overhead  costs and  improved  operating  results in the  feminine  care
business.

                                       14
<PAGE>

Raw material  costs,  including  pulp, were at similar price levels in the first
quarter of 1998 compared to the same period of 1997. Pulp prices are expected to
remain flat during the second quarter of 1998 and increase  modestly  during the
second half of 1998.

Baby diaper labor costs were lower during the first  quarter of 1998 compared to
the first quarter of 1997.  The lower costs  reflect the increased  efficiencies
including  the use of automated  packaging.  The first  quarter of 1997 included
inefficiencies related to new product rollouts.  Baby diaper overhead costs were
lower during the first  quarter of 1998  compared to the same period in 1997 due
to cost  management  efforts.  Labor and  overhead  costs were also lower in the
feminine  care  business  as  a  result  of  improved  operating  results,  cost
management and the shut down of tampon-related  production  equipment during the
first quarter of 1998.

Depreciation  costs were  higher in the first  quarter of 1998  compared  to the
first  quarter  of  1997  primarily  due  to the  costs  related  to  the  adult
incontinence  business.  Baby diaper  depreciation costs were similar during the
two periods.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE

SG&A  expenses were $19.1 million in the first quarter of 1998 compared to $20.4
million  in the first  quarter of 1996.  As a  percentage  of net  sales,  these
expenses  were 13.8 percent in 1998 compared to 15.0 percent for the same period
in 1997. The decrease in costs is primarily  attributable to a decrease in trade
merchandising  expenses,  lower legal expenses related to the P&G and K-C patent
litigation and lower  packaging  artwork  expenses.  It is anticipated  that the
trade merchandising and packaging artwork expenses will increase modestly during
the second  and third  quarters.  Legal  expenditures  should  remain at similar
levels throughout 1998. Overall, these expenses are expected to be at similar or
lower  levels in 1998  compared to 1997.  These lower  expenses  were  partially
offset by higher incentive-based accruals and higher selling costs.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research and development expenses were $1.4 million in the first quarter of 1998
compared  to $.9  million  in  the  first  quarter  of  1997.  The  increase  in
expenditures was primarily due to baby diaper product development and testing.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest  expense was $.3 million in the first  quarter of 1998  compared to $.9
million in the first quarter of 1997. The decrease  resulted from the suspension
of interest on the credit facilities due to the Chapter 11 filing. There were no
borrowings  under the DIP credit  facility during the first quarter of 1998. The
first quarter of 1997 included interest on approximate average borrowings of $67
million under the pre-petition  revolving credit facility.  These lower interest
expenses were partially offset by the amortization of the DIP facility fees.

EQUITY IN EARNINGS OF UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

The equity in earnings  of  unconsolidated  subsidiaries  was $.9 million in the
first quarter of 1998 compared to $.1 million in the first quarter of 1997.  The
increase in earnings reflects improved operating results at PMI.

BANKRUPTCY COSTS

Bankruptcy costs were $1.6 million during the first quarter of 1998. These costs
were  primarily  related to  professional  fees and are  expected to continue at
similar to higher levels until the Company emerges from Chapter 11 protection.

INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense for the  subsidiaries  not  included in the Chapter 11 filing
was $.5 million  during the period  ended March 29, 1998.  The Company  recorded
income tax expense of  approximately  $1.8 million during the period ended March
29, 1998,  which was offset by a reduction  in its deferred tax asset  valuation
allowance.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

During the first quarter of 1998,  cash flow from earnings and non-cash  charges
to earnings was $13.9  million  compared to $12.7  million in the same period in
1997. The increase was primarily due to improved operating results.

                                       15
<PAGE>

During  the  first  quarter  of 1998,  cash  flow  was  positively  impacted  by
approximately $20.5 million by an increase in post-petition accounts payable and
checks issued but not cleared.  Cash was also positively impacted by the receipt
of $3.4  million from  previous  equipment  sales.  Overall  inventory  balances
dropped but were offset by an increase in prepaid  expenses,  primarily  prepaid
insurance and deposits to suppliers due to the bankruptcy.

The  cash  produced  from  operations  supported  capital  expenditures  of $5.4
million,   including   approximately  $2.0  million  of  computer  software  and
consulting  costs, in the first quarter of 1998 compared to $15.8 million in the
same period of 1997.  The  expenditures  were  primarily  in support of the baby
diaper business,  specifically new product enhancements and automated packaging.
Capital  spending is expected to be  approximately  $39 million  during 1998 and
will include  further  expenditures  for product  enhancement and a company-wide
information system upgrade.

The cash produced from  operations  also supported the Company's  acquisition of
its share of Goodbaby Paragon Hygenic Products Ltd., a joint venture in China on
December  31, 1997.  The joint  venture  partners  are Goodbaby  Group and First
Shanghai  Investment  of Hong Kong.  Paragon  maintains  a 40 percent  ownership
position in the venture.  Initial registered capital of the venture was approved
at $15 million, to be funded over a two-year period.

At December 28, 1997,  the Company  maintained a $150 million  revolving  credit
facility with a group of nine financial  institutions available through February
2001. At December 28, 1997,  borrowings  under this credit facility  totaled $70
million.  The  Company  also had  access  to  short-term  lines of  credit on an
uncommitted  basis with several major banks.  At December 28, 1997,  the Company
had approximately  $50 million in uncommitted lines of credit.  Borrowings under
these lines of credit totaled $12.8 million at December 28, 1997. As a result of
the Chapter 11 filing,  the Company is prohibited  from paying any  pre-petition
liabilities without Bankruptcy Court approval. The Chapter 11 filing resulted in
a default under its  pre-petition  revolving  credit  facility.  See "Note 10 of
Notes to Financial Statements."

In connection  with the Chapter 11 filing,  on January 30, 1998,  the Bankruptcy
Court  entered a final order  approving  the Credit  Agreement  (the "DIP Credit
Facility") as provided under the Revolving Credit and Guarantee  Agreement dated
as of January 7, 1998, among the Company,  as Borrower,  the subsidiaries of the
Company,  as  guarantors,  and a bank  group  led by The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank
("Chase").  Pursuant  to the terms of the DIP Credit  Facility as amended by the
First  Amendment  dated January 30, 1998, the Second  Amendment  dated March 23,
1998 and the Third  Amendment  dated April 15,  1998,  Chase and a syndicate  of
banks has made available to the Company a revolving  credit and letter of credit
facility in an aggregate principal amount of $75 million.  The Company's maximum
borrowing under the DIP Credit Facility may not exceed the lesser of $75 million
or an  available  amount as  determined  by a borrowing  base  formulation.  The
borrowing  base  formulation  is comprised of certain  specified  percentages of
eligible accounts  receivable,  eligible  inventory,  equipment and personal and
real  property of the  Company.  The DIP Credit  Facility  has a sublimit of $10
million for the issuance of letters of credit.  The DIP Credit Facility  expires
on the  earlier  of July 7,  1999,  or the  date of  entry  of an  order  by the
Bankruptcy Court confirming a plan of reorganization.

Obligations under the DIP Credit Facility are secured by the security  interest,
pledge and lien on substantially  all of the Company's assets and properties and
the  proceeds  thereof,  granted  pursuant  to the Final  Order  under  Sections
364(c)(2) and 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Borrowings under the DIP Credit
Facility may be used to fund  working  capital and for other  general  corporate
purposes.  The DIP Credit Facility  contains  restrictive  covenants,  including
among  other  things,  limitations  on the  creation  of  additional  liens  and
indebtedness,  limitations on capital expenditures,  limitations on transactions
with affiliates including  investments,  loans and advances, the sale of assets,
and the maintenance of minimum  earnings before interest,  taxes,  depreciation,
amortization and  reorganization  items, as well as a prohibition on the payment
of dividends.

The DIP Credit Facility provides that advances made will bear interest at a rate
of 0.5 percent per annum in excess of Chase's  Alternative  Base Rate, or at the
Company's  option,  a rate of 1.5  percent  per annum in  excess of the  reserve
adjusted London  Interbank  Offered Rate for the interest periods of one, two or
three months.  The Company pays a commitment fee of 0.5 percent per annum on the
unused portion thereof, a letter of credit fee equal to 1.5 percent per annum of
average outstanding letters of credit and certain other fees.

The Company may utilize,  in accordance with certain  covenants,  its DIP credit
facility for continued investments in its foreign  subsidiaries.  The DIP credit
facility in combination  with  internally  generated  funds is anticipated to be
adequate  to  finance  these   investments   and  the  Company's   1998  capital
expenditures. See "Note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements."

                                       16
<PAGE>

YEAR 2000

The Company began planning its year 2000 remediation  strategy in 1995. Based on
the  assessment of the Company's  information  technology  personnel and outside
professionals,  the Company  determined  that it would be necessary to replace a
significant  portion of its information  technology platform and to modify other
computer  and  computer-controlled  systems and systems with  embedded  computer
chips (collectively, the Company's "systems") so that its information technology
platform  and systems  properly  utilize  date-related  data as the year 2000 is
approached  and reached.  Management  presently  believes  that with the planned
conversion  to new  software  and  hardware  and the  planned  modifications  to
existing  software  and  hardware,  the  effects  of the year 2000 issue will be
mitigated.  However,  if such conversions and modifications are not made, or are
not completed on a timely basis, or if software vendor representations as to the
ability of their  products to properly  handle year 2000 data prove untrue,  the
year 2000 issue could have a material  impact on the  operations of the Company,
which in turn could have a material  adverse impact on the Company's  results of
operations and financial condition.

The Company is in the process of initiating  formal  communications  with all of
its significant  suppliers and is developing a communications plan for its large
customers  to  determine  the extent to which the Company may be  vulnerable  to
those third parties'  failure to remediate  their own year 2000 issue.  However,
there can be no guarantee that the systems of other  organizations  on which the
Company's  systems  rely or the  Company's  operations  depend  will  be  timely
converted, or that a failure to convert by another organization, or a conversion
that is  incompatible  with the  Company's  systems,  would not have a  material
adverse effect on the Company.

The  Company's  primary  vehicle  to  replace  a  significant   portion  of  its
information  technology  platform and systems so that such  platform and systems
can properly utilize date-related data prior to, during and beyond the year 2000
is known  internally  as the APEX Project.  As a part of the APEX  Project,  the
Company has  purchased  SAP R/3  enterprise  resource  planning  software and is
actively  involved in the  implementation  of the  software.  This software will
replace  current core business  transaction  systems with the equivalent SAP R/3
functionality.  SAP  America,  Inc.  has  warranted  that the R/3  software  can
properly utilize date-related data prior to, during and beyond the year 2000.

The Company plans to utilize both  internal and external  resources to reprogram
or replace,  test and implement software and other components of its systems for
year 2000  modifications.  The Company has targeted a  completion  date for year
2000  work  on  critical   business   applications  of  June  30,  1999.  System
applications  have been scheduled for  replacement and  modification  based on a
risk-adjusted  priority, to ensure critical programs are adequately completed in
time to allow for extended  testing.  The projected  remaining  cost of the year
2000 project is currently  estimated at  approximately  $15 million and is being
funded  through  operating  cash flow.  As of March 29, 1998,  approximately  $6
million had been spent on the  assessment  of and initial  efforts in connection
with the year 2000  project,  the  purchase of  software  and  hardware  and the
development of and initial work on the remediation plan.

The costs of the  project  and the date on which the  Company  plans to complete
year  2000  modifications,  however,  are  based on  management's  and  external
consultants' best estimates,  which were derived utilizing numerous  assumptions
of future events  including the continued  availability of certain  internal and
external  resources,  the  representations of several software vendors as to the
ability  of their  products  to  properly  handle  year 2000 data,  third  party
modification  plans and other factors.  However,  there can be no guarantee that
these estimates will be achieved and the actual results could differ  materially
from those plans.  Specific  factors that might cause such material  differences
could include,  but are not limited to, the  availability  and cost of personnel
trained in this area,  the ability to locate and replace or correct all relevant
computer codes,  the inability to control third party  modification  plans,  and
similar uncertainties.

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

As a result of the adverse judgment in the P&G patent litigation, the Company is
required to modify its current diaper design. Pursuant to an agreement with P&G,
the Company has until July 6, 1998 to complete  the  conversion  to a new diaper
design.  At the end of this conversion  period,  the Company will be required to
pay P&G a 2 percent  royalty on net sales of the  current  diapers  manufactured
during  the  conversion  period.  This 2 percent  royalty  will have a  material
adverse effect on future results of operations.  While the Company has developed
an alternative  diaper design which,  based on the advice of independent  patent
counsel,  it believes  does not infringe any valid  patent,  if the Company were
unable to convert to the new design in a timely  manner,  or if customers do not
accept the alternative  design, the outcome could have a material adverse effect
on the 


                                       17
<PAGE>

operations of the Company,  which, in turn, would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.  See "PART II:
OTHER INFORMATION, ITEM 1: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS."

The ability of the Company to effect a successful reorganization will depend, in
significant   part,   upon  the  Company's   ability  to  formulate  a  Plan  of
Reorganization  that is approved by the Bankruptcy Court and meets the standards
for plan confirmation  under the Bankruptcy Code. In a Chapter 11 reorganization
plan,  the rights of the Company's  creditors and  shareholders  may be altered.
Investment  in stock of the  Company,  therefore,  should be  regarded as highly
speculative.  As a result of the  Chapter  11  filing,  the  Company  will incur
significant costs for professional fees as the reorganization plan is developed.
The Company is also required to pay certain  expenses of the Official  Committee
of Unsecured  Creditors,  including  professional fees, to the extent allowed by
the Bankruptcy Court.

The Company is unable to predict at this time when it will  emerge from  Chapter
11 protection.

P&G has recently announced a baby diaper product innovation  involving skin care
ingredients.  The Company is  currently  assessing  its response to this product
innovation.  P&G and K-C have also  heavily  promoted  diapers in the multi pack
configuration.  These  packages  offer a lower  unit price to the  retailer  and
consumer.  It is possible that the Company may continue to realize lower selling
prices and/or lower volumes as a result of these initiatives.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time,  information provided by the Company,  statements made by its
employees  or  information  included  in its  filings  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  (including  the Annual  Report on Form  10-K) may  include
statements   that  are  not   historical   facts,   so-called   "forward-looking
statements."  The  words  "believes,"   "anticipates,"   "expects"  and  similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements
are subject to certain risks and  uncertainties  that could cause actual results
to differ  materially  from those  expressed  in the  Company's  forward-looking
statements.   Factors  which  could  affect  the  Company's  financial  results,
including  but not limited to: the  Company's  Chapter 11 filing;  increased raw
material  prices;  new  product  and  packaging  introductions  by  competitors;
increased price and promotion pressure from competitors;  new competitors in the
market;  year 2000  compliance  issues;  and patent  litigation,  are  described
herein. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking
statements,  which speak only as of the date hereof.  The Company  undertakes no
obligation   to  publicly   release  the  result  of  any   revisions  to  these
forward-looking  statements that may be made to reflect events or  circumstances
after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD

Effective  December  29,  1997,  the Company  adopted  SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income," which requires the display of  comprehensive  income and
its components in the financial statements.



                                       18
<PAGE>

                           PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

                            ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

THE PROCTER & GAMBLE  COMPANY V. PARAGON TRADE BRANDS,  INC. - P&G filed a claim
in January  1994 in the  District  Court for the  District of Delaware  that the
Company's  "Ultra"  disposable  baby  diaper  products  infringe  two  of  P&G's
inner-leg gather patents.  The lawsuit sought injunctive relief, lost profit and
royalty  damages,  treble  damages and  attorneys'  fees and costs.  The Company
denied liability under the patents and  counterclaimed  for patent  infringement
and  violation  of  antitrust  laws by P&G. In March 1996,  the  District  Court
granted  P&G's motion for summary  judgment to dismiss the  Company's  antitrust
counterclaim.  The trial was completed in February 1997,  the parties  submitted
post-trial  briefs and closing  arguments  were  conducted  on October 22, 1997.
Legal  fees and costs for this  litigation  have  been and will  continue  to be
significant.

On December 30, 1997, the Delaware  District Court issued a Judgment and Opinion
finding  that  P&G's  patents  are valid and  infringed,  while at the same time
finding the Company's patent to be invalid,  unenforceable  and not infringed by
P&G's products.  Judgment was entered on January 6, 1998.  While a final damages
number has not been  entered by the  District  Court,  the  Company and P&G have
determined  the  damages  number to be  approximately  $178.4  million  and will
jointly  request  that the  District  Court fix the damages in that  amount.  In
addition,  P&G has indicated  that it will seek an award of attorneys'  fees and
costs.  The  Company and P&G have also  agreed on  language  for the  injunctive
relief to be ordered by the District Court.

The  Judgment  has had a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial
position and its results of operations.  The Company has filed with the District
Court a motion for a new trial or to alter or amend the  Judgment.  The  Company
intends to  vigorously  pursue an appeal of the Court's  decision to the Federal
Circuit Court of Appeals at the appropriate time.

As a result of the District Court's Judgment, the Company filed for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C.  Section 101 et seq., in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Georgia (Case No. 98-60390)
on January 6, 1998.

As a result of the Company's Chapter 11 filing,  further  proceedings in the P&G
litigation  were stayed.  By orders  entered on January 15, 1998 and February 4,
1998,  respectively,  the Bankruptcy Court lifted the stay to permit the Company
to pursue its motion  for a new trial or to alter or amend the  judgment  in the
District  Court  and to  pursue  its  appeal.  P&G  has  filed a  motion  in the
Bankruptcy Court seeking to have the automatic stay lifted in order to allow P&G
to seek injunctive relief and an accounting for damages.

It is possible that the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates may be subject
to similar patent claims on diaper products sold in other countries. The Company
is unable to determine the amount of any such claims at this time.  See "--IN RE
PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC." below.

KIMBERLY-CLARK CORPORATION V. PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC. -- On October 26, 1995,
K-C filed a lawsuit against the Company in U.S. District Court in Dallas, Texas,
alleging  infringement by the Company's  products of two K-C patents relating to
inner-leg gathers. The lawsuit seeks injunctive relief, royalty damages,  treble
damages and attorneys'  fees and costs.  The Company has denied  liability under
the patents and has  counterclaimed  for patent  infringement  and  violation of
antitrust laws by K-C. In October 1996, K-C filed a motion for summary  judgment
with respect to the Company's antitrust counterclaim along with a motion to stay
discovery pending  resolution of such motion for summary judgment.  On April 18,
1997, K-C filed a motion for summary judgment of  noninfringement of two patents
asserted by the Company and a motion for partial summary judgment construing the
claims of one of the K-C  patents-in-suit.  On November  22,  1996,  the Company
filed a motion to amend its antitrust  counterclaim and on June 13, 1997 filed a
motion for summary  judgment on one of the patents asserted by K-C. In addition,
K-C has sued the  Company  on another  patent  issued to K-C which is based upon
further continuation of one of the K-C patents asserted in the case. That action
has been consolidated with the pending action. The Court has appointed a special
master  to  rule on the  various  pending  motions.  Legal  fees  and  costs  in
connection with this litigation have been and will be significant.

As a result of the  Company's  Chapter 11  filing,  the  proceedings  in the K-C
litigation have been stayed.  The Bankruptcy  Court issued an order on April 10,
1998 permitting,  among other things, a partial lifting of the stay to allow the
issuance of the special  master's  report on the items under his  consideration.
K-C has filed  with the



                                       19
<PAGE>

Bankruptcy Court a motion for reconsideration of the Court's April 10 order. See
"--IN RE PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC." below.

Should K-C prevail on its claims,  award of all or a substantial  portion of the
relief  requested by K-C could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's
financial condition and its results of operations. Based on the advice of patent
counsel,  the Company has taken the position that the Company's  products do not
infringe any valid patent asserted by K-C.

IN RE PARAGON TRADE BRANDS,  INC. -- As described  above,  on December 30, 1997,
the  Delaware  District  Court  issued a Judgment  and Opinion in the  Company's
lawsuit with P&G which  found,  in essence,  two of P&G's  diaper  patents to be
valid and infringed by the Company's "Ultra" disposable baby diapers, while also
rejecting the Company's  patent  infringement  claims against P&G.  Judgment was
entered  on  January  6,  1998.  While  a final  damages  number  has  not  been
adjudicated  by the  District  Court,  the Company and P&G have  determined  the
damages number to be approximately  $178.4 million and will jointly request that
the District  Court fix the damages in that amount.  P&G has  indicated  that it
will seek an award of attorneys'  fees and costs.  The Company and P&G have also
agreed on  language  for the  injunctive  relief to be ordered  by the  District
Court.

The amount of the award  resulted in  violation of certain  covenants  under the
Company's bank loan agreements.  As a result,  the entry of the Judgment and the
uncertainty it created caused an immediate and critical  liquidity issue for the
Company which necessitated the Chapter 11 filing.

The Chapter 11 filing  prevented P&G from placing liens on the Company's  assets
and affords the Company the opportunity to resolve  liquidated and  unliquidated
claims against the Company,  which arose prior to the Chapter 11 filing, thereby
protecting all stakeholders'  interests. The Company is currently operating as a
debtor in possession under the Bankruptcy Code. The Court has set a June 5, 1998
bar date for the filing of proofs of claim (apparently excluding  administrative
claims) by creditors. P&G has indicated its current intention to file additional
unliquidated  claims  ranging  from  $355  million  to $1  billion  relating  to
additional  alleged  diaper  patent  claims  in  the  United  States  and  other
countries;  the Company has been advised by patent  counsel that its products do
not infringe any valid claim of any of the patents asserted by P&G in the United
States, and does not believe that the Company has any patent liability to P&G in
foreign countries.

In addition,  K-C has  indicated  that it intends to assert  claims in excess of
$100 million against the Company on account of alleged liabilities arising prior
to the filing of the  Chapter 11 petition  and that it will  assert  post-filing
administrative  claims allegedly accruing at approximately $2 million per month.
The Company is in the process of gathering  information  to evaluate such claims
and is unable,  at this time,  to determine  the amount,  if any, of such claims
which could be substantiated.

On January 30, 1998,  the Company  received  Bankruptcy  Court approval of a $75
million  financing  facility  with  The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank.  This  facility
supplements  the Company's  cash on hand and operating cash flow and permits the
Company to continue to operate its business in the ordinary  course.  Legal fees
and costs in  connection  with the  Chapter 11 filing will be  significant.  See
"Note 10 of the Notes to Financial Statements."

The Company is unable to predict at this time when it will  emerge from  Chapter
11 protection.

OTHER  -- The  Company  is also a party  to  other  legal  activities  generally
incidental to its activities. Although the final outcome of any legal proceeding
or dispute is subject to a great many variables and cannot be predicted with any
degree of certainty,  the Company presently believes that any ultimate liability
resulting from any or all legal  proceedings or disputes to which it is a party,
except for the  Chapter 11 filing and the P&G and K-C matters  discussed  above,
will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations.



                                       20
<PAGE>

                    ITEM 6. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>     <C>                <C>
(a)     Exhibits

        Exhibit 3.1        Certificate of Incorporation of Paragon Trade Brands, Inc.4

        Exhibit 3.2        By- Laws of Paragon Trade Brands, Inc., as amended through July 31, 19955

        Exhibit 4.1        Certificate of Incorporation of Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. (see Exhibit
                           3.1)

        Exhibit 10.1       Asset Transfer Agreement, dated as of January 26, 1993, by and between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.2       Intellectual Property Agreement, dated as of February 2, 1993, between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.3       License, dated as of February 2, 1993, between Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.4       Sublicense, dated as of February 2, 1993, between Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.5       Technology Agreement, dated as of October 15, 1987, by and between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Johnson and Johnson, as amended1

        Exhibit 10.6       Critical Supply Agreement, dated as of February 2, 1993, between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.6.1     Letter Supply Agreement between Weyerhaeuser and Paragon dated as of
                           October 22, 199710

        Exhibit 10.7*      Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors1

        Exhibit 10.8*      Annual Incentive Compensation Plan1

        Exhibit 10.9*      1993 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan1

        Exhibit 10.10*     Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997,
                           between Paragon and Bobby V. Abraham9

        Exhibit 10.11*     Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997,
                           between Paragon and David W. Cole9

        Exhibit 10.12*     Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997, between Paragon and Alan
                           J. Cyron9

        Exhibit 10.13*     Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997, between Paragon and
                           Catherine O. Hasbrouck9

        Exhibit 10.14*     Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997, between Paragon and
                           Stanley L. Bulger9

        Exhibit 10.15*     1995 Incentive Compensation Plan5

        Exhibit 10.16      Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 6, 19967



                                       21
<PAGE>

        Exhibit 10.16.1    Amendment Agreement, dated December 13, 1996, to Amended and Restated 
                           Credit Agreement, dated as of February 6, 19968

        Exhibit 10.17      Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement Among Paragon Trade Brands, Inc.,
                           a Debtor-in-Possession, as Borrower, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower
                           Named Herein, as Guarantors, the Banks Party hereto, and Chase Manhattan
                           Bank, as Agent, dated as of January 7, 1998, as Amended (Conformed to
                           Reflect the First Amendment to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                           dated as of January 30, 1998, the Second Amendment to the Revolving Credit
                           and Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 23, 1998, and the Third Amendment
                           to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of April 15, 1998)

        Exhibit 10.18      Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 7, 1998

        Exhibit 10.19      Revolving Canadian Credit Facility and Parent Guarantee2

        Exhibit 10.20      Indemnification Agreements, dated as of February 2, 1993, between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Bobby V. Abraham and Gary M. Arnts1

        Exhibit 10.21      Rights Agreement dated December 14, 1994 between Paragon Trade Brands,
                           Inc. and Chemical Bank, as Rights Agent3

        Exhibit 10.22      Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 11, 1995 by and among Paragon
                           Trade Brands, Inc., PTB Acquisition Sub, Inc., Pope & Talbot, Inc. and
                           Pope & Talbot, Wis., Inc. 6

        Exhibit 10.23**    Sales Contract, dated as of January 30, 1996, between Hoechst Celanese
                           Corporation and Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. 7

        Exhibit 10.24      Lease Agreement between Cherokee County, South Carolina and Paragon Trade
                           Brands, Inc., dated as of October 1, 19968

        Exhibit 11         Computation of Per Share Earnings (See Note 8 to Financial Statements)

        Exhibit 27         Financial Data Schedule (for SEC use only)
</TABLE>

(b)     Report  on Form 8-K dated  December  30,  1997  Report on Form 8-K dated
        January 6, 1998


- --------------------------

*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**Confidential treatment has been requested as to a portion of this document.

1 Incorporated  by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 26, 1993.

2 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s  Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 26, 1994.

3 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Current Report on
Form 8-K, dated as of December 14, 1994.

4 Incorporated  by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994.

5 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s  Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 25, 1995.

                                       22
<PAGE>

6 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Current Report on
Form 8-K, dated as of February 8, 1996.

7 Incorporated  by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

8 Incorporated  by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1996.

9 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s  Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 1997.

10 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual report on
From 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 1997.



                                       23
<PAGE>

Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  the
registrant  has duly  caused  this  report  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                            PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC.



                                            By /s/ Alan J. Cyron
                                               --------------------
                                                   Alan J. Cyron
                                                   Chief Financial Officer





May 13, 1998



                                       24
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        EXHIBIT            DESCRIPTION
        <S>                <C>  
        Exhibit 3.1        Certificate of Incorporation of Paragon Trade Brands, Inc.4

        Exhibit 3.2        By-Laws of Paragon Trade Brands, Inc., as amended through July 31, 19955

        Exhibit 4.1        Certificate of Incorporation of Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. (see Exhibit
                           3.1)

        Exhibit 10.1       Asset Transfer Agreement, dated as of January 26, 1993, by and between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.2       Intellectual Property Agreement, dated as of February 2, 1993, between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.3       License, dated as of February 2, 1993, between Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.4       Sublicense, dated as of February 2, 1993, between Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.5       Technology Agreement, dated as of October 15, 1987, by and between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Johnson and Johnson, as amended1

        Exhibit 10.6       Critical Supply Agreement, dated as of February 2, 1993, between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Paragon1

        Exhibit 10.6.1     Letter Supply Agreement between Weyerhaeuser and Paragon dated as of
                           October 22, 199710

        Exhibit 10.7*      Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors1

        Exhibit 10.8*      Annual Incentive Compensation Plan1

        Exhibit 10.9*      1993 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan1

        Exhibit 10.10*     Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997,
                           between Paragon and Bobby V. Abraham9

        Exhibit 10.11*     Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997,
                           between Paragon and David W. Cole9

        Exhibit 10.12*     Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997, between Paragon and Alan
                           J. Cyron9

        Exhibit 10.13*     Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997, between Paragon and
                           Catherine O. Hasbrouck9

        Exhibit 10.14*     Employment Agreement, dated as of August 5, 1997, between Paragon and
                           Stanley L. Bulger9

        Exhibit 10.15*     1995 Incentive Compensation Plan5

        Exhibit 10.16      Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 6, 19967

        Exhibit 10.16.1    Amendment Agreement, dated December 13, 1996, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
                           February 6, 19968

                                       25
<PAGE>

        Exhibit 10.17      Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement Among Paragon Trade Brands, Inc.,
                           a Debtor-in-Possession, as Borrower, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower
                           Named Herein, as Guarantors, the Banks Party Hereto, and Chase Manhattan
                           Bank, as Agent, dated as of January 7, 1998, as Amended (Conformed to
                           Reflect the First Amendment to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
                           dated as of January 30, 1998, the Second Amendment to the Revolving Credit
                           and Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 23, 1998, and the Third Amendment
                           to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of April 15, 1998)

        Exhibit 10.18      Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 7, 1998

        Exhibit 10.19      Revolving Canadian Credit Facility and Parent Guarantee2

        Exhibit 10.20      Indemnification Agreements, dated as of February 2, 1993, between
                           Weyerhaeuser and Bobby V. Abraham and Gary M. Arnts1

        Exhibit 10.21      Rights Agreement dated December 14, 1994 between Paragon Trade Brands,
                           Inc. and Chemical Bank, as Rights Agent3

        Exhibit 10.22      Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 11, 1995 by and among Paragon
                           Trade Brands, Inc., PTB Acquisition Sub, Inc., Pope & Talbot, Inc. and
                           Pope & Talbot, Wis., Inc. 6

        Exhibit 10.23**    Sales Contract, dated as of January 30, 1996, between Hoechst Celanese
                           Corporation and Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. 7

        Exhibit 10.24      Lease Agreement between Cherokee County, South Carolina and Paragon Trade
                           Brands, Inc., dated as of October 1, 19968

        Exhibit 11         Computation of Per Share Earnings (See Note 8 to Financial Statements)

        Exhibit 27         Financial Data Schedule (for SEC use only)


- -------------------------
<FN>

*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**Confidential treatment has been requested as to a portion of this document.

1 Incorporated  by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 26, 1993.

2 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s  Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 26, 1994.

3 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Current Report on
Form 8-K, dated as of December 14, 1994.

4 Incorporated  by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994.

5 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s  Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 25, 1995.

6 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Current Report on
Form 8-K, dated as of February 8, 1996.

7 Incorporated  by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual Report on
Form  10-K for the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1995.  

                                       26
<PAGE>

8 Incorporated  by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1996.

9 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s  Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 1997.

10 Incorporated by reference from Paragon Trade Brands,  Inc.'s Annual report on
From 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 1997.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                                                  CONFORMED COPY

                     REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT


        REVOLVING  CREDIT AND  GUARANTY  AGREEMENT,  dated as of January 7, 1998
among PARAGON TRADE BRANDS,  INC., a Delaware corporation (the "BORROWER") and a
debtor  and  debtor-in-possession  in a case  pending  under  Chapter  11 of the
Bankruptcy  Code,  PTB  INTERNATIONAL,   INC.,  a  Delaware   corporation  ("PTB
INTERNATIONAL"),  CHANGING PARADIGMS,  INC., an Ohio corporation,  PARAGON TRADE
BRANDS FSC, INC., a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation,  PTB ACQUISITION SUB, INC.,
a Delaware corporation (each, a "GUARANTOR" and collectively, the "GUARANTORS"),
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, a New York banking corporation ("CHASE"),  each of the
other  financial  institutions  from time to time party  hereto  (together  with
Chase,  the "BANKS") and THE CHASE  MANHATTAN  BANK, as agent (in such capacity,
the "AGENT") for the Banks.

                             INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT

        On January 6, 1998,  the Borrower  filed a voluntary  petition  with the
Bankruptcy  Court  initiating  the  Case.  The  Borrower  has  continued  in the
possession  of its assets and in the  management of its  businesses  pursuant to
Sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

        The Borrower has applied to the Banks for a revolving  credit and letter
of credit facility in an aggregate  principal amount not to exceed  $75,000,000,
all of the  Borrower's  obligations  under  which  are to be  guaranteed  by the
Guarantors.

        The proceeds of the Loans will be used to provide  working  capital for,
and for other general corporate purposes of, the Borrower.

        To provide  guarantees and security for the repayment of the Loans,  the
reimbursement of any draft drawn under a Letter of Credit and the payment of the
other  Obligations  of the Borrower and the  Guarantors  hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents  (including,  without  limitation,  the  Obligations of the
Borrower under Section  6.03(iv)),  the Borrower and the Guarantors will provide
to the Agent and the Banks the following (each as more fully described herein):

        (a) a  guaranty  from  each of the  Guarantors  of the due and  punctual
payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder;

        (b) with  respect  to the  Obligations  of the  Borrower  hereunder,  an
allowed  administrative  expense claim in the Case pursuant to Section 364(c)(1)
of the Bankruptcy Code having priority over all  administrative  expenses of the
kind specified in Sections 503(b) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;

<PAGE>

        (c)  with  respect  to the  Obligations  of the  Borrower  hereunder,  a
perfected first priority Lien,  pursuant to Section  364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy
Code, upon all unencumbered  property of the Borrower and all cash maintained in
the Letter of Credit Account;

        (d)  with  respect  to the  Obligations  of the  Borrower  hereunder,  a
perfected Lien,  pursuant to Section  364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, upon all
property  of the  Borrower  that is  subject  to valid  and  perfected  Liens in
existence on the Filing Date,  junior to such valid and perfected  Liens (except
as otherwise  provided in  subparagraph  (e) of this  paragraph  with respect to
Liens in connection with the Judgment); and

        (e)  with  respect  to the  Obligations  of the  Borrower  hereunder,  a
perfected  first  priority  priming Lien,  pursuant to Section  364(d)(1) of the
Bankruptcy  Code,  upon any property of the Borrower to which any liens attached
prior to the Filing Date in respect of the Judgment.

        All of the claims and the Liens granted in the Case to the Agent and the
Banks shall (insofar as claims against and assets of the Borrower are concerned)
be subject to the  Carve-Out to the extent  provided in Section  2.23,  PROVIDED
that  following the  Termination  Date,  amounts in the Letter of Credit Account
shall not be subject to the Carve-Out.

        Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1.     DEFINITIONS.

        SECTION 1.01  DEFINED TERMS.

        As used in this  Agreement,  the following terms shall have the meanings
specified below:

        "ABR BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

        "ABR LOAN" shall mean any Loan bearing  interest at a rate determined by
reference  to the  Alternate  Base Rate in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
Section 2.

        "ACCOUNTS" shall have the meaning set forth  in the  Security and Pledge
Agreement.

        "ACCOUNT DEBTOR" shall mean the Person obligated on an Account.

        "ADDITIONAL  CREDIT"  shall have the meaning  given such term in Section
4.02(d) hereof.

        "ADJUSTED  LIBOR  RATE"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any  Eurodollar
Borrowing for any Interest Period,  an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards,
if  necessary,  to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the  quotient  of (a) the LIBOR
Rate in effect for such Interest  Period divided by (b) a percentage  (expressed
as a decimal) equal to 100% minus Statutory  Reserves.  For purposes hereof, the
term "LIBOR RATE" shall mean the rate (rounded  upwards,  if  necessary,  to the
next  1/16 of 1%)


                                       2
<PAGE>

at which  dollar  deposits  approximately  equal  in  principal  amount  to such
Eurodollar  Borrowing and for a maturity  comparable to such Interest Period are
offered to the  principal  London office of the Agent in  immediately  available
funds in the London interbank market at approximately  11:00 a.m.,  London time,
two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

        "AFFILIATE"  shall  mean,  as to any  Person,  any other  Person  which,
directly or  indirectly,  is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common
control  with  such  Person.  For  purposes  of this  definition,  a  Person  (a
"CONTROLLED  PERSON")  shall be deemed to be  "controlled  by" another Person (a
"CONTROLLING   PERSON")  if  the  Controlling  Person  possesses,   directly  or
indirectly,  power to  direct  or cause  the  direction  of the  management  and
policies of the Controlled Person whether by contract or otherwise.

        "AGENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of  this
Agreement.

        "AGREEMENT" shall mean this Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement,  as
the same may from time to time be further amended, modified or supplemented.

        "ALTERNATE BASE RATE" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded
upwards, if necessary,  to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the
Prime  Rate in effect  on such  day,  (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day
plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds  Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2
of 1%. For  purposes  hereof,  "PRIME  RATE" shall mean the rate of interest per
annum  publicly  announced  from time to time by the Agent as its prime  rate in
effect at its principal  office in New York City;  each change in the Prime Rate
shall be effective on the date such change is publicly announced. "BASE CD RATE"
shall mean the sum of (a) the quotient of (i) the Three-Month  Secondary CD Rate
divided  by (ii) a  percentage  expressed  as a  decimal  equal  to  100%  minus
Statutory Reserves and (b) the Assessment Rate.  "THREE-MONTH SECONDARY CD RATE"
shall mean, for any day, the secondary market rate for three-month  certificates
of deposit reported as being in effect on such day (or, if such day shall not be
a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day) by the Board through the public
information  telephone line of the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York (which rate
will, under the current  practices of the Board, be published in Federal Reserve
Statistical  Release  H.15(519) during the week following such day), or, if such
rate shall not be so reported on such day or such next  preceding  Business Day,
the average of the secondary market  quotations for three-month  certificates of
deposit of major money center banks in New York City  received at  approximately
10:00  a.m.,  New York City  time,  on such day (or,  if such day shall not be a
Business  Day, on the next  preceding  Business Day) by the Agent from three New
York City  negotiable  certificate  of deposit  dealers of  recognized  standing
selected by it.  "FEDERAL  FUNDS  EFFECTIVE  RATE" shall mean,  for any day, the
weighted  average of the rates on  overnight  Federal  funds  transactions  with
members of the Federal  Reserve  System  arranged by Federal funds  brokers,  as
published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York,  or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day,
the average of the quotations for the day of such  transactions  received by the
Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. If
for any reason the Agent shall have  determined  (which  determination  shall be
conclusive  absent  manifest  error) that it is unable to ascertain  the Base CD
Rate or the Federal Funds  Effective 


                                       3
<PAGE>

Rate or both for any reason,  including the inability or failure of the Agent to
obtain sufficient  quotations in accordance with the terms hereof, the Alternate
Base Rate shall be determined  without  regard to clause (b) or (c), or both, of
the first sentence of this definition,  as appropriate,  until the circumstances
giving rise to such inability no longer exist.  Any change in the Alternate Base
Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate or the
Federal Funds  Effective  Rate shall be effective on the effective  date of such
change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate or the Federal Funds
Effective Rate, respectively.

        "ASSESSMENT  RATE"  shall  mean for any date the  annual  rate  (rounded
upwards,  if necessary,  to the next 1/100 of 1%) most recently estimated by the
Agent as the then  current net annual  assessment  rate that will be employed in
determining  amounts  payable  by the  Agent to the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  (or  any  successor)  for  insurance  by such  Corporation  (or any
successor) of time deposits made in dollars at the Agent's domestic offices.

        "ASSIGNMENT  AND  ACCEPTANCE"  shall mean an assignment  and  acceptance
entered  into by a Bank and an  Eligible  Assignee,  and  accepted by the Agent,
substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

        "AVAILABLE  ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE"  shall mean,  on any date,  (i) 80% of
Eligible  Accounts  Receivable  as of such date LESS the  Dilution  Reserve  and
Customer Claims Reserve then in effect MINUS (ii) Coupon Liability.

        "AVAILABLE  INVENTORY"  shall mean, on any date, an amount that is equal
to the sum, without  duplication,  of (a) 55% of the Eligible Inventory Value of
Work-In-Process   PLUS  (b)  50%  of  the  Eligible   Inventory   Value  of  Raw
Materials-Other  and Pulp Inventory PLUS (c) 25% of the Eligible Inventory Value
of  Materials  and  Supplies  PLUS (d) 65% of the  Eligible  Inventory  Value of
Finished Goods MINUS (e) the Lease Reserve.

        "BANKRUPTCY  CODE"  shall mean The  Bankruptcy  Reform  Act of 1978,  as
heretofore and hereafter amended, and codified as 11 U.S.C. Section 101 ET SEQ.

        "BANKRUPTCY COURT" shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern  District  of Georgia,  Atlanta  Division,  or any other  court  having
jurisdiction over the Case from time to time.

        "BANKS" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of  this
Agreement.

        "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System
of the United States.

        "BORROWER" shall have the  meaning set forth in the  first  paragraph of
this Agreement.

        "BORROWING"  shall mean the  incurrence  of Loans of a single  Type made
from all the Banks on a single date and having, in the case of Eurodollar Loans,
a single  Interest Period (with any ABR 


                                       4
<PAGE>

Loan made  pursuant  to Section  2.16  being  considered  a part of the  related
Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans).

        "BORROWING  BASE" shall (i) mean, on any day, for purposes of extensions
of credit  hereunder in an  aggregate  amount not in excess of  $20,000,000,  an
amount  that is  equal to 70% of the  Borrower's  domestic  accounts  receivable
outstanding  for less than 120 days (less  discounts,  returns and allowances as
shown on the  Borrower's  books and  records)  and (ii) on and after the date on
which any Additional Credit is extended, mean on any day an amount that is equal
to the sum, without  duplication,  of (a) Available Accounts Receivable PLUS (b)
Available  Inventory  PLUS (c) the Real Property  Component.  The Borrowing Base
shall be computed  weekly in accordance with Section 5.10. The Borrowing Base at
any time in effect  shall be  determined  by  reference  to the  Borrowing  Base
Certificate most recently delivered hereunder.

        "BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE"  shall mean a certificate  substantially in
the form of Exhibit E (with such changes therein as may be required by the Agent
to reflect  the  components  of and  reserves  against,  the  Borrowing  Base as
provided for hereunder from time to time), executed and certified by a Financial
Officer of the Borrower,  which shall include appropriate exhibits and schedules
as referred to therein,  PROVIDED that prior to the extension of any  Additional
Credit, the term "Borrowing Base Certificate" shall mean a weekly certificate of
a Financial Officer that sets forth the Borrower's  domestic accounts receivable
outstanding  for less than 120 days (less  discounts,  returns and allowances as
shown on the Borrower's books and records).

        "BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which banks in the State of New York are  required or  permitted to close
(and,  for a Letter  of  Credit,  other  than a day on which the  Fronting  Bank
issuing such Letter of Credit is closed);  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that when used in
connection  with a Eurodollar  Loan,  the term "Business Day" shall also exclude
any day on which  banks  are not open for  dealings  in dollar  deposits  on the
London interbank market.

        "CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES" shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all
cash  expenditures  (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities  during such
period and excluding that portion of Capitalized  Leases which is capitalized on
the  consolidated  balance sheet of the Borrower and the Guarantors) net of cash
amounts  received by the Borrower and the  Guarantors  from other Persons during
such period in  reimbursement of Capital  Expenditures  made by the Borrower and
the Guarantors,  excluding  interest  capitalized  during  construction,  by the
Borrower and the  Guarantors  during such period that, in conformity  with GAAP,
are required to be included in or reflected by the property, plant, equipment or
similar fixed asset accounts reflected in the consolidated  balance sheet of the
Borrower   and  the   Guarantors   (including   equipment   which  is  purchased
simultaneously  with the trade-in of existing equipment owned by the Borrower or
any of the  Guarantors to the extent of the gross amount of such purchase  price
less  the  book  value of the  equipment  being  traded  in at such  time),  but
excluding expenditures made in connection with the replacement or restoration of
assets,  to the extent  reimbursed or financed from  insurance  proceeds paid on
account of the loss of or damage to the assets being  replaced or  restored,  or
from awards of  compensation  arising from the taking by condemnation or eminent
domain of such assets being replaced.

                                       5
<PAGE>

        "CAPITALIZED  LEASE" shall mean, as applied to any Person,  any lease of
property by such Person as lessee which would be  capitalized on a balance sheet
of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

        "CARVE-OUT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

        "CASE"  shall mean the  Chapter 11 Case of the  Borrower  pending in the
Bankruptcy Court.

        "CHASE" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of  this
Agreement.

        "CLOSING  DATE"  shall  mean the date on which this  Agreement  has been
executed and the  conditions  precedent  to the making of the initial  Loans set
forth in Section  4.01 have been  satisfied  or waived,  which date shall  occur
promptly  upon the entry of the  Interim  Order,  but no later than  January 22,
1998.

        "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        "COLLATERAL" shall mean the  Collateral under  the Security  and  Pledge
Agreements.

        "COMMITMENT"  shall mean,  with respect to each Bank,  the commitment of
each Bank  hereunder in the amount set forth opposite its name on Annex A hereto
or as may  subsequently  be set forth in the Register  from time to time, as the
same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10.

        "COMMITMENT FEE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.20.

        "COMMITMENT  LETTER" shall  mean that  certain  Commitment  Letter dated
January 7, 1998 among the Agent, Chase Securities Inc. and the Borrower.

        "COMMITMENT  PERCENTAGE"  shall mean at any time,  with  respect to each
Bank,  the  percentage  obtained by dividing its  Commitment at such time by the
Total Commitment at such time.

        "CONSUMMATION DATE" shall mean the date of the substantial  consummation
(as defined in Section 1101 of the  Bankruptcy  Code and including the effective
date of the Reorganization  Plan) of a Reorganization Plan of the Borrower which
is confirmed pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

        "CONVERSION AGREEMENT" shall  have  the  meaning  set forth  in  Section
7.01(f).

        "COUPON  LIABILITY" shall mean such amount as is determined from time to
time by Caroline Manufacturers Services, Inc. or any other coupon clearing house
satisfactory to the Agent.

                                       6
<PAGE>

        "CUSTOMER  CLAIMS RESERVE" shall mean the amount to be determined in the
sole reasonable  discretion of the Agent of all allowances that the Borrower may
be obligated to rebate to a customer  pursuant to the terms of any  agreement or
understanding, written or oral, and any other similar obligations that have been
incurred but not reported.

        "DOLLARS"  AND "$"  shall  mean  lawful  money of the  United  States of
America.

        "DILUTION  PERCENTAGE"  shall mean, on any date,  the total of the prior
month's non-cash credits to accounts  receivable  divided by total sales for the
prior month.

        "DILUTION  RESERVE"  shall mean, on any date, the excess of the Dilution
Percentage over 5% MULTIPLIED BY Eligible Accounts Receivable.  If the excess of
the Dilution Percentage over 5% is less than zero, the Dilution Reserve shall be
zero.

        "EBITDA" shall mean,  with respect to the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
for any period,  all as determined in accordance with GAAP the  consolidated net
income  (or net  loss)  for such  period,  PLUS (a) the sum of (i)  depreciation
expense, (ii) amortization expense, (iii) other non-cash charges, (iv) provision
for LIFO adjustment for inventory  valuation,  (v) net total Federal,  state and
local income tax expense, (vi) gross interest expense for such period less gross
interest  income  for  such  period,  (vii)  extraordinary  losses,  (viii)  any
non-recurring  charge or  restructuring  charge which in accordance with GAAP is
not included in the calculation of operating income,  (ix) the cumulative effect
of any  change in  accounting  principles  and (x)  "Chapter  11  expenses"  (or
"administrative   costs  reflecting  Chapter  11  expenses")  as  shown  on  the
Borrower's   consolidated   statement   of  income  for  such  period  LESS  (b)
extraordinary gains PLUS or MINUS (c) the amount of cash received or expended in
such period in respect of any amount which, under clause (viii) above, was taken
into account in determining EBITDA for such or any prior period.

        "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE" shall mean, on any date, all Accounts of
the  Borrower on such date that (i) have been  invoiced and  represent  the bona
fide sale and  delivery of  merchandise  in the  ordinary  course of business in
connection with its trade  operations,  and (ii) are deemed by the Agent in good
faith to be eligible for inclusion in the  calculation  of the  Borrowing  Base.
Without limiting the foregoing, to qualify as an Eligible Account Receivable, an
Account shall indicate the Borrower as sole payee and as sole remittance  party.
Unless otherwise  approved from time to time in writing by the Agent, no Account
shall be an Eligible Account Receivable if:

        (a)    the Borrower does not have sole lawful and absolute title to such
Account; or

        (b)    it arises out of a sale made to an Affiliate; or

        (c) (i) it is unpaid  more than 90 days from the date of invoice or more
than 60 days from the due date or (ii) it has been  written  off the  Borrower's
books or has been otherwise designated as uncollectible; or

                                       7
<PAGE>

        (d) more than 50% in face  amount of all  Accounts  of the same  Account
Debtor and its known  Affiliates,  taken  together,  are ineligible  pursuant to
clause (c) above; or

        (e) the Account  Debtor (i) is a creditor of the  Borrower,  (ii) has or
has  asserted a right of setoff  against the  Borrower or (iii) has disputed its
liability (whether by chargeback or otherwise) or made any claim with respect to
the Account or any other Account of the Borrower which has not been resolved, in
each case, without duplication, to the extent of the amount owed by the Borrower
to the Account Debtor, the amount of such actual or asserted right of setoff, or
the amount of such dispute or claim, as the case may be; or

        (f) the Account  Debtor is  insolvent  or the subject of any  bankruptcy
case or insolvency proceeding of any kind; or

        (g) the  Account is not  payable in  dollars  or the  Account  Debtor is
either not  incorporated  under the laws of the United  States of America or any
State thereof or is located  outside or has its  principal  place of business or
substantially all of its assets outside the continental United States, except to
the  extent  the  Account  is  supported  by an  irrevocable  letter  of  credit
reasonably  satisfactory  to the Agent (as to form,  substance  and  issuer) and
assigned to and directly drawable by the Agent; or

        (h) the sale to the  Account  Debtor is on a  bill-and-hold,  guaranteed
sale, sale-and-return, ship-and-return, sale on approval or consignment or other
similar  basis or made  pursuant to any other  written  agreement  providing for
repurchase or return of any  merchandise  which has been claimed to be defective
or otherwise unsatisfactory; or

        (i)  the  Account  Debtor  is  the  United  States  of  America  or  any
department,  agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the Borrower duly assigns
its rights to payment of such Account to the Agent pursuant to the Assignment of
Claims Act of 1940,  as amended,  which  assignment  and related  documents  and
filings shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; or

        (j) the goods  giving  rise to such  Account  have not been  shipped and
delivered to and  accepted by the Account  Debtor,  or the Account  represents a
progress-billing or otherwise does not represent a completed sale; or

        (k) the Account does not comply with all requirements of applicable law,
including  without  limitation the Federal  Consumer Credit  Protection Act, the
Federal  Truth in Lending Act and  Regulation Z of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System; or

        (l) the Account is subject to any  adverse  security  deposit,  progress
payment or other  similar  advance  made by or for the  benefit  of the  Account
Debtor to the extent thereof; or

                                       8
<PAGE>

        (m) (i) either the perfection, enforceability or validity of the Agent's
security  interest  or right or ability to receive  direct  payments  as to such
Account is  governed by any Federal or state  statutory  requirement  other than
those of (x) the  statutes  referred  to in clause (k) above or (y) the  Uniform
Commercial  Code, (ii) it is not subject to a valid and perfected first priority
Lien in  favor of the  Agent,  subject  to no  other  Liens or (iii) it does not
otherwise conform to the  representations  and warranties  contained in the Loan
Documents; or

        (n) as to all or any  part of such  Account  a check,  promissory  note,
draft,  trade  acceptance or other  instrument for the payment of money has been
received, presented for payment and returned uncollected for any reason; or

        (o) the Account is the result of the sale of seconds, thirds or scrap.

        Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  (x) no Account  shall be an Eligible
Account  Receivable (i) unless it names the Borrower as sole payee or (ii) if it
is for goods that have been sold under a purchase order or pursuant to the terms
of a  contract  or other  agreement  or  understanding  (written  or oral)  that
indicates that any Person other than the Borrower has or has had or is purported
to have or have had an ownership  interest in such goods, and (y) in determining
the aggregate amount of Accounts from the same Account Debtor and any Affiliates
thereof  that are unpaid more that 90 days from the date of invoice or more than
60 days from the due date pursuant to clause (c) above,  there shall be excluded
the amount of any net credit  balances  due and owing to the  Account  Debtor in
respect of Accounts that are so unpaid.

        "ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" shall mean (i) a commercial bank having total assets
in excess of $1,000,000,000;  (ii) a finance company, insurance company or other
financial  institution or fund, in each case  acceptable to the Agent,  which in
the ordinary course of business  extends credit of the type similar to the Loans
and has total assets in excess of  $200,000,000  and whose  becoming an assignee
would not constitute a prohibited  transaction  under Section 4975 of ERISA; and
(iii) any other  financial  institution  satisfactory  to the  Borrower  and the
Agent.

        "ELIGIBLE  INVENTORY"  shall mean,  on any date,  all  Inventory  of the
Borrower  on such  date  deemed by the Agent in good  faith to be  eligible  for
inclusion  in the  calculation  of the  Borrowing  Base.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing, to qualify as "Eligible Inventory", no Person other than the Borrower
shall have any direct or indirect ownership interest or title to such Inventory.
Unless  otherwise  from  time to time  approved  in  writing  by the  Agent,  no
Inventory shall be deemed Eligible Inventory if:

        (a) it is not owned solely by the Borrower or the Borrower does not have
sole and good, valid and unencumbered title thereto; or

        (b)    it is not located in the continental United States; or

                                       9
<PAGE>

        (c) it is not located on property  owned or leased by the Borrower or in
a contract warehouse specified on a schedule attached to the Security and Pledge
Agreement,  and,  except as  otherwise  approved  by the  Agent,  covered  by an
agreement  satisfactory  in form and substance to the Agent covering the Agent's
access to such  Inventory  and waiving the  lessor's or contract  warehouseman's
Liens therein, and segregated or otherwise separately identifiable from goods of
all others,  if any, stored on the premises,  other than Inventory that has been
sent out to  intermediary  processors  in the ordinary  course of such  person's
business and consistent with past practice;

        (d) it is not subject to a valid and  perfected  first  priority Lien in
favor of the Agent,  except, with respect to Inventory stored at sites described
in clause  (c)  above,  for  Liens  for  unpaid  rent or  normal  and  customary
warehousing charges, in each case, not yet due; or

        (e) it is goods  returend  or rejected by the  Borrower's  customers  or
goods in transit to third parties  (other than to warehouse  sites  described in
clause (c) above);

        (f)  it  is  seconds  or  thirds  or  is  obsolete  or  slow  moving  or
unmerchantable,  or  does  not  otherwise  conform  to the  representations  and
warranties contained in the Loan Documents;

        (g) it is located at a plant that the Borrower plans to dispose of;

        (h) any portion of its value is  attributable  to  capitalized  overhead
costs; or

        (i) it is located at the  Gaffney  Plant,  but such  Inventory  shall be
excluded from Eligible  Inventory only to the extent that its Eligible Inventory
Value is in excess of $2,000,000.

        Without  limiting  the  foregoing,   Inventory  shall  not  be  Eligible
Inventory if (i) the purchase order, invoice or any other document in connection
therewith  indicates  that any Person other than the Borrower has any  ownership
interest  therein or (ii) it arises  from a contract or other  agreement  with a
supplier or customer that has a contracting party other than the Borrower.

        "ELIGIBLE  INVENTORY VALUE" shall mean at the time of any  determination
thereof the lower of cost (less any appropriate  revaluation reserves or reserve
for obsolete  Inventory and any profits  accrued in connection with transfers of
Inventory  between  plants of the Borrower) or fair market value of the Eligible
Inventory at such time, in dollars, determined in accordance with the Borrower's
historical standard cost accounting practices less the Reserve for Variances.

        "ENVIRONMENTAL  LIEN"  shall  mean a Lien in favor  of any  Governmental
Authority for (i) any liability  under  federal or state  environmental  laws or
regulations, or (ii) damages arising from or costs incurred by such Governmental
Authority in response to a release or threatened release of a hazardous or toxic
waste, substance or constituent, or other substance into the environment.

        "EQUIPMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the Security and  Pledge
Agreement.

                                       10
<PAGE>

        "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued
thereunder.

        "ERISA  AFFILIATE"  shall  mean any trade or  business  (whether  or not
incorporated) which is a member of a group of which the Borrower is a member and
which is under common control within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the
Code and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

        "EUROCURRENCY  LIABILITIES"  shall have the meaning  assigned thereto in
Regulation D issued by the Board, as in effect from time to time.

        "EURODOLLAR BORROWING" shall  mean a  Borrowing  comprised of Eurodollar
Loans.

        "EURODOLLAR  LOAN"  shall  mean  any  Loan  bearing  interest  at a rate
determined  by  reference  to the  Adjusted  LIBOR Rate in  accordance  with the
provisions of Section 2.

        "EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7.

        "FEES" shall  collectively  mean the Commitment  Fees,  Letter of Credit
Fees and other fees referred to in Section 2.19.

        "FILING DATE" shall mean January 6, 1998, the date on which the Borrower
filed the voluntary petitions initiating its Case.

        "FINAL ORDER" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4.02(d).

        "FINANCIAL  OFFICER"  shall  mean  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Vice
President Finance or the Treasurer of the Borrower.

        "FINISHED GOODS" shall mean, on any date, the Eligible  Inventory of the
Borrower on such date that constitutes finished goods as shown on the Borrower's
perpetual  stock status  reports in accordance  with the  Borrower's  historical
classification of finished goods.

        "FRONTING  BANK" shall mean Chase or such other Bank  (which  other Bank
shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower) as may agree with Chase to act
in such capacity.

        "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting  principles applied on a
basis consistent with those used in preparing the financial  statements referred
to in Section 3.04.

        "GAFFNEY PLANT" shall mean the Borrower's manufacturing facility located
in Gaffney, South Carolina.

                                       11
<PAGE>

        "GOVERNMENTAL  AUTHORITY"  shall mean any Federal,  state,  municipal or
other   governmental   department,   commission,   board,   bureau,   agency  or
instrumentality  or any court,  in each case  whether  of the  United  States or
foreign.

        "GUARANTORS"  shall  have the meaning set forth in the  first  paragraph
of this Agreement.

        "INDEBTEDNESS"  shall mean,  at any time and with respect to any Person,
(i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (ii) all indebtedness of
such Person for the deferred  purchase price of property or services (other than
property, including inventory, and services purchased, and trade payables, other
expense accruals  (including  coupon accruals) and deferred  compensation  items
arising,  in the ordinary  course of business);  (iii) all  obligations  of such
Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments (other
than  performance,  surety and appeal bonds  arising in the  ordinary  course of
business);  (iv) all  indebtedness  of such Person  created or arising under any
conditional  sale or other title  retention  agreement  with respect to property
acquired by such Person  (even  though the rights and  remedies of the seller or
lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to  repossession
or sale of such property); (v) all obligations of such Person under leases which
have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP,  recorded as capital leases, to
the  extent  required  to be so  recorded;  (vi) all  reimbursement,  payment or
similar obligations of such Person,  contingent or otherwise,  under acceptance,
letter of credit or similar  facilities  and all  obligations  of such Person in
respect of (x) currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts and
other  similar  agreements  designed to hedge  against  fluctuations  in foreign
interest  rates,  and (y)  interest  rate  swap,  cap or collar  agreements  and
interest rate future or option contracts;  (vii) all Indebtedness referred to in
clauses (i) through (vi) above guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person,
or in effect  guaranteed  directly  or  indirectly  by such  Person  through  an
agreement (A) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds
for the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness, (B) to purchase, sell or lease
(as lessee or lessor) property,  or to purchase or sell services,  primarily for
the purpose of enabling  the debtor to make payment of such  Indebtedness  or to
assure  the  holder  of  such  Indebtedness  against  loss  in  respect  of such
Indebtedness; (C) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in the debtor
(including any agreement to pay for property or services irrespective of whether
such  property is received or such  services are  rendered) or (D)  otherwise to
assure a creditor against loss in respect of such  Indebtedness;  and (viii) all
Indebtedness  referred to in clauses (i) through  (vii) above secured by (or for
which the holder of such  Indebtedness  has an  existing  right,  contingent  or
otherwise,  to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property  (including,  without
limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such
Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness.

        "INSUFFICIENCY"  shall mean,  with respect to any Plan,  the amount,  if
any,  of  its  unfunded  benefit  liabilities  within  the  meaning  of  Section
4001(a)(18) of ERISA using reasonable actuarial assumptions as to interest rates
and mortality.

        "INTERIM  ORDER"  shall  have the  meaning  given  such term in  Section
4.01(b).

        "INTEREST   EXPENSE"  shall  mean  interest  expense  as  determined  in
accordance with GAAP.

                                       12
<PAGE>

        "INTEREST  PAYMENT DATE" shall mean (i) as to each Eurodollar Loan , the
last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof and (ii) as to all ABR Loans,
the last calendar day of each March,  June,  September and December and the date
on which any ABR Loans are refinanced with Eurodollar  Loans pursuant to Section
2.12.

        "INTEREST  PERIOD" shall mean, as to any Borrowing of Eurodollar  Loans,
the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing  (including as a result of a
refinancing  of ABR Loans) or on the last day of the preceding  Interest  Period
applicable to such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or
if there is no  corresponding  day, the last day) in the calendar  month that is
one,  two or three months  thereafter,  as the Borrower may elect in the related
notice delivered pursuant to Sections 2.06(b) or 2.12; PROVIDED,  however,  that
(i) if any Interest Period would end on a day which shall not be a Business Day,
such  Interest  Period  shall be extended to the next  succeeding  Business  Day
unless such next succeeding  Business Day would fall in the next calendar month,
in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day,
and (ii) no Interest Period shall end later than the Termination Date.

        "INTERNATIONAL BASKET" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.09.

        "INVENTORY" shall have the meaning set forth in the Security and  Pledge
Agreement.

        "INVESTMENTS"  shall have the meaning given such term in Section 6.10.

        "JUDGMENT" shall mean the judgment entered by the United States District
Court for  the  District of  Delaware on or about  January 6, 1998 in the action
titled  "The  Procter and Gamble Company  v. Paragon  Trade  Brands, Inc." (Civ.
Action No. 94-16 LON).

        "LEASE  RESERVE"  shall mean the actual  expenses  for the  preceding  3
months associated with the Borrower's leased facilities which contain Inventory.

        "LETTER OF CREDIT"  shall mean any  irrevocable  letter of credit issued
pursuant to Section 2.03,  which letter of credit shall be (i) a standby  letter
of credit,  (ii) issued for purposes  for which the  Borrower  has  historically
obtained  letters  of  credit  or for  such  other  purposes  as are  reasonably
acceptable to the Agent, (iii) denominated in Dollars and (iv) otherwise in such
form as may be  reasonably  approved  from  time to  time by the  Agent  and the
applicable Fronting Bank.

        "LETTER OF CREDIT  ACCOUNT"  shall mean the account  established  by the
Borrower  under the sole and  exclusive  control of the Agent  maintained at the
office of the Agent at 270 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017  designated as
the "Paragon  Trade Brands,  Inc.  Letter of Credit  Account" that shall be used
solely for the purposes set forth in Sections 2.03(b) and 2.13.

        "LETTER  OF CREDIT  FEES"  shall  mean the fees  payable  in  respect of
Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.21.

                                       13
<PAGE>

        "LETTER OF CREDIT  OUTSTANDINGS" shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i)
the aggregate  undrawn  stated amount of all Letters of Credit then  outstanding
PLUS (ii) all amounts  theretofore  drawn  under  Letters of Credit and not then
reimbursed.

        "LIEN" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest,  encumbrance,
lien or charge of any kind whatsoever  (including any conditional  sale or other
title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof).

        "LOAN" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.01.

        "LOAN DOCUMENTS" shall mean this Agreement,  the Letters of Credit,  the
Security and Pledge  Agreements,  and any other instrument or agreement executed
and delivered in connection herewith.

        "MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES" shall mean, on any date, the Eligible Inventory
of the  Borrower  on such  date  that  constitutes  packaging  and  spare  parts
inventory  as  shown  on  the  Borrower's  perpetual  stock  status  reports  in
accordance  with the  Borrower's  historical  classification  of  materials  and
supplies, including corrugated materials.

        "MATURITY DATE" shall mean July 7, 1999.

        "MULTIEMPLOYER  PLAN"  shall mean a  "multiemployer  plan" as defined in
Section  4001(a)(3)  of ERISA to which the  Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate  is
making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the
preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

        "MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN" shall mean a Single Employer Plan, which (i) is
maintained for employees of the Borrower or an ERISA  Affiliate and at least one
Person  other  than  the  Borrower  and its  ERISA  Affiliates  or  (ii)  was so
maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate could have
liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such Plan has been or
were to be terminated.

        "OBLIGATIONS"  shall mean (a) the due and punctual  payment of principal
of and interest on the Loans and the  reimbursement  of all amounts  drawn under
Letters  of  Credit,  and (b) the due and  punctual  payment of the Fees and all
other  present and future,  fixed or  contingent,  monetary  obligations  of the
Borrower and the  Guarantors to the Banks and the Agent under the Loan Documents
and in respect of Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.03 (iv).

        "ORDERS"  shall  mean  the  Interim  Order  and the  Final  Order of the
Bankruptcy Court referred to in Sections 4.01(b) and 4.02(d).

        "OTHER TAXES" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.18.

        "P AND G" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(f).

                                       14
<PAGE>

        "PBGC"  shall mean the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  or any
successor agency or entity performing substantially the same functions.

        "PENSION PLAN" shall mean a defined  benefit  pension or retirement plan
which meets and is subject to the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code.

        "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" shall mean:

        (a) direct  obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest
on which are unconditionally  guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by
any agency thereof to the extent such  obligations  are backed by the full faith
and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within twelve
months from the date of acquisition thereof;

        (b) without limiting the provisions of paragraph (d) below,  investments
in  commercial  paper  maturing  within six months from the date of  acquisition
thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a rating of at least "A" or the
equivalent thereof from Standard & Poor's Corporation or of at least "A2" or the
equivalent thereof from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

        (c)  investments in certificates  of deposit,  banker's  acceptances and
time deposits  (including  Eurodollar time deposits)  maturing within six months
from the date of acquisition  thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with (i)
any  domestic  office of the Agent or the bank  with whom the  Borrower  and the
Guarantors maintain their cash management system, provided, that if such bank is
not a Bank  hereunder,  such bank shall have entered into an agreement  with the
Agent  pursuant  to which such bank  shall have  waived all rights of setoff and
confirmed that such bank does not have, nor shall it claim, a security  interest
therein or (ii) any domestic  office of any other  commercial bank of recognized
standing  organized  under the laws of the United States of America or any State
thereof  that has a combined  capital and surplus and  undivided  profits of not
less than $250,000,000 and is the principal banking Subsidiary of a bank holding
company  having  a  long-term  unsecured  debt  rating  of at  least  "A" or the
equivalent  thereof from Standard & Poor's  Corporation  or at least "A2" or the
equivalent thereof from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

        (d) investments in commercial  paper maturing within six months from the
date of acquisition  thereof and issued by (i) the holding  company of the Agent
or (ii) the holding company of any other commercial bank of recognized  standing
organized  under the laws of the United  States of America or any State  thereof
that has (A) a combined  capital and surplus in excess of  $250,000,000  and (B)
commercial  paper rated at least "A" or the  equivalent  thereof from Standard &
Poor's  Corporation or of at least "A2" or the  equivalent  thereof from Moody's
Investors Service, Inc.;

        (e) investments in repurchase  obligations  with a term of not more than
seven days for underlying  securities of the types described in clause (a) above
entered  into  with  any  office  of  a  bank  or  trust  company   meeting  the
qualifications specified in clause (c) above; and

                                       15
<PAGE>

        (f)  investments in money market funds  substantially  all the assets of
which are comprised of securities of the types  described in clauses (a) through
(e) above.

        "PERMITTED  LIENS"  shall  mean (i) Liens  imposed  by law  (other  than
Environmental Liens and any Lien imposed under ERISA) for taxes,  assessments or
charges of any Governmental  Authority for claims not yet due or which are being
contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and with respect to which
adequate  reserves  or other  appropriate  provisions  are being  maintained  in
accordance  with GAAP;  (ii)  statutory and other Liens of  landlords,  Liens of
tenants  arising  from  occupancy   rights  and  statutory  Liens  of  carriers,
warehousemen,  mechanics,  materialmen and other Liens (other than Environmental
Liens and any Lien imposed  under ERISA)  imposed by law created in the ordinary
course of business for amounts not yet due or which are being  contested in good
faith by appropriate  proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves or
other appropriate provisions are being maintained in accordance with GAAP; (iii)
Liens (other than any Lien imposed under ERISA) incurred or deposits made in the
ordinary course of business  (including,  without  limitation,  surety bonds and
appeal bonds) in connection with workers'  compensation,  unemployment insurance
and other  types of social  security  benefits or to secure the  performance  of
tenders, bids, leases, contracts (other than for the repayment of Indebtedness),
statutory  obligations  and other similar  obligations or arising as a result of
progress payments under government contracts; (iv) easements (including, without
limitation,    reciprocal   easement   agreements   and   utility   agreements),
rights-of-way, covenants, consents, reservations,  encroachments, variations and
zoning  and  other  restrictions,   charges  or  encumbrances  (whether  or  not
recorded),  which do not interfere  materially with the ordinary  conduct of the
business of the Borrower or any Guarantor,  as the case may be, and which do not
materially  detract  from the  value of the  property  to which  they  attach or
materially impair the use thereof to the Borrower or any Guarantor,  as the case
may be; (v) purchase money Liens (including  Capitalized  Leases) upon or in any
property  acquired  or held in the  ordinary  course of  business  to secure the
purchase price of such property or to secure  Indebtedness  permitted by Section
6.03(iii)  solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such property;
and  (vi)  extensions,  renewals  or  replacements  of any Lien  referred  to in
paragraphs  (i) through (v) above,  PROVIDED  that the  principal  amount of the
obligation secured thereby is not increased and that any such extension, renewal
or replacement is limited to the property originally encumbered thereby.

        "PERSON"  shall mean any  natural  person,  corporation,  division  of a
corporation,  partnership,  trust, joint venture, association,  company, estate,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

        "PLAN" shall mean a Single Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan.

        "PREPAYMENT  DATE"  shall mean  thirty  (30) days after the entry of the
Interim Order by the Bankruptcy Court if the Final Order has not been entered by
the Bankruptcy Court prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period.

                                       16
<PAGE>

        "PRE-PETITION  PAYMENT"  shall  mean  a  payment  (by  way  of  adequate
protection or otherwise) of principal or interest or otherwise on account of any
pre-petition Indebtedness or trade payables or other pre-petition claims against
the Borrower.

        "PTB  CANADA"  shall  mean  Paragon  Trade  Brands   (Canada)   Inc.,  a
wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

        "PTB  INTERNATIONAL"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in the  first
paragraph of this Agreement.

        "PULP INVENTORY" shall mean, on any date, the Eligible  Inventory of the
Borrower on such date that constitutes pulp inventory as shown on the Borrower's
perpetual  stock status  reports in accordance  with the  Borrower's  historical
classification of pulp inventory.

        "RAW MATERIALS-OTHER" shall mean, on any date, the Eligible Inventory of
the Borrower on such date that  constitutes  other raw materials as shown on the
Borrower's  perpetual  stock status  reports in accordance  with the  Borrower's
historical  classification  of other raw  materials,  but  excluding  corrugated
materials.

        "REAL PROPERTY  COMPONENT"  shall mean  $40,000,000,  PROVIDED that such
amount shall be (i) $25,000,000 until such time as the Agent shall be satisfied,
in its sole discretion,  with the legal details,  perfection and  enforceability
under South  Carolina law of the  assignment to the Agent by the Borrower of its
leasehold  interest in the Gaffney Plant  (including,  without  limitation,  the
assignment of the Borrower's  right to compel the conveyance of fee title to the
real  property  comprising  the  Gaffney  Plant)  and shall  have  received  the
favorable  opinion  of South  Carolina  counsel  satisfactory  to the Agent with
respect thereto,  (ii) automatically and permanently  reduced at the time of the
sale,  transfer  or other  disposition  by the  Borrower  of any real  property,
leasehold  interest in real  property or  Equipment  (other than real  property,
leasehold  interests in real property and Equipment described in the schedule of
proposed  asset  sales  heretofore  furnished  by the  Borrower  to the Agent in
connection with the property  dispositions  that are permitted by clause (ii) of
Section  6.11) by an amount  that is equal to the  appraised  value  thereof  as
reflected in the most recent  appraisal  with respect  thereto  furnished to the
Agent pursuant to Section 5.11 (it being  understood  that if any such appraisal
sets forth a range of values for the subject property,  the "appraised value" of
such property shall be the arithmetic mean of the high and low values  specified
for such  property  in such  appraisal  as  determined  by the  Agent) and (iii)
otherwise  adjusted as determined  by the Agent to reflect the appraised  values
that are set forth in the  appraisals  that are furnished to the Agent from time
to time pursuant to Section 5.11.

        "REGISTER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(d).

        "REORGANIZATION PLAN" shall mean a plan of reorganization in the Case.

        "REQUIRED  BANKS"  shall  mean,  at any time,  Banks  (including  Chase)
holding Loans representing in excess of 50% of the aggregate principal amount of
such  Loans  outstanding  or, if no 


                                       17
<PAGE>

such Loans are outstanding,  Banks having Commitments  representing in excess of
50% of the Total Commitment.

        "RESERVE FOR VARIANCES" shall mean, on any date, the amount thereof that
is a favorable  variance  attributable  to material price and labor variances at
the Borrower's  plants  (excluding the Gaffney Plant) that results when standard
costs and actual costs differ,  whereby only a certain portion, to be determined
at the sole  discretion  of the Agent,  of the  favorable  variance in excess of
capitalized  overhead  costs  (referred to in paragraph (h) in the definition of
"Eligible Inventory") shall be the Reserve for Variances.

        "SECTION 6.09 AGREEMENTS" shall  have the  meaning  set forth in Section
6.09

        "SECTION 6.09 AMOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.09.

        "SECURITY  AND PLEDGE  AGREEMENTS"  shall have the  meaning set forth in
Section 4.01(c).

        "SINGLE  EMPLOYER PLAN" shall mean a single employer plan, as defined in
Section  4001(a)(15)  of ERISA,  that (i) is  maintained  for  employees  of the
Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate or (ii) was so maintained and in respect of which
the Borrower could have liability  under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such
Plan has been or were to be terminated.

        "STATUTORY RESERVES" shall mean on any date the percentage (expressed as
a decimal) established by the Board and any other banking authority which is (i)
for purposes of the  definition of Base CD Rate, the then stated maximum rate of
all reserves  (including,  but not limited to, any  emergency,  supplemental  or
other marginal  reserve  requirement)  for a member bank of the Federal  Reserve
System  in New York  City,  for new  three  month  negotiable  nonpersonal  time
deposits in dollars of $100,000 or more or (ii) for  purposes of the  definition
of Adjusted LIBOR Rate, the then stated maximum rate for all reserves (including
but not  limited  to any  emergency,  supplemental  or  other  marginal  reserve
requirements)  applicable  to any member bank of the Federal  Reserve  System in
respect of Eurocurrency  Liabilities  (or any successor  category of liabilities
under  Regulation D issued by the Board,  as in effect from time to time).  Such
reserve percentages shall include, without limitation, those imposed pursuant to
said Regulation.  The Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted  automatically on and
as of the effective date of any change in such percentage.

        "SUBSIDIARY"  shall mean, with respect to any Person (herein referred to
as the "parent"), any corporation, association or other business entity (whether
now  existing  or  hereafter  organized)  of which at  least a  majority  of the
securities or other  ownership  interests  having  ordinary voting power for the
election of  directors  is, at the time as of which any  determination  is being
made,  owned or  controlled  by the  parent or one or more  subsidiaries  of the
parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

        "SUPER-MAJORITY BANKS" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
10.10(b).

                                       18
<PAGE>

        "SUPERPRIORITY  CLAIM"  shall mean a claim  against the  Borrower in the
Case which is an  administrative  expense claim having  priority over any or all
administrative  expenses of the kind  specified in Sections  503(b) or 507(b) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

        "TAXES" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.18.

        "TERMINATION  DATE"  shall  mean  the  earliest  to  occur  of  (i)  the
Prepayment Date, (ii) the Maturity Date,  (iii) the  Consummation  Date and (iv)
the  acceleration  of the Loans and the  termination of the Total  Commitment in
accordance with the terms hereof.

        "TERMINATION EVENT" shall mean (i) a "reportable event", as such term is
described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations  issued thereunder (other
than a "reportable  event" not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the
PBGC under Section 4043 of ERISA or such  regulations)  or an event described in
Section 4068 of ERISA excluding events described in Section  4043(c)(9) of ERISA
or 29 CFR Sections 2615.21 or 2615.23, or (ii) the withdrawal of the Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year in which it
was a  "substantial  employer",  as such term is defined  in Section  4001(c) of
ERISA,  or the  incurrence  of liability by the Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate
under Section 4064 of ERISA upon the termination of a Multiple Employer Plan, or
(iii) providing notice of intent to terminate a Plan pursuant to Section 4041(c)
of ERISA or the  treatment of a Plan  amendment as a  termination  under Section
4041 of ERISA, or (iv) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the
PBGC under  Section 4042 of ERISA,  or (v) any other event or  condition  (other
than the  commencement of the Case and the failure to have made any contribution
accrued as of the Filing Date but not paid) which would  reasonably  be expected
to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the
appointment  of a trustee to  administer,  any Plan,  or the  imposition  of any
liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than for the payment of premiums to the
PBGC).

        "TOTAL COMMITMENT" shall  mean, at any  time, the sum of the Commitments
at such time.

        "TRANSFEREE" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.18.

        "TYPE" when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing  shall refer to the
rate of interest  by  reference  to which  interest on such Loan or on the Loans
comprising such Borrowing is determined.  For purposes hereof, "Rate" shall mean
the Adjusted LIBOR Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

        "UNUSED  TOTAL  COMMITMENT"  shall  mean,  at any  time,  (i) the  Total
Commitment less (ii) the sum of (x) the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount
of all Loans and (y) the aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings.

        "WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" shall have the meaning given such term under Part
I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

                                       19
<PAGE>

        "WORK-IN-PROCESS" shall mean, on any date, the Eligible Inventory of the
Borrower  on  such  date  that  constitutes  work-in-process  as  shown  on  the
Borrower's  perpetual  stock status  reports in accordance  with the  Borrower's
historical classification of work-in-process.

        SECTION 1.02.  TERMS  GENERALLY.  The  definitions in Section 1.01 shall
apply  equally  to both the  singular  and  plural  forms of the terms  defined.
Whenever the context may require,  any pronoun shall  include the  corresponding
masculine,  feminine  and  neuter  forms.  All  references  herein to  Sections,
Exhibits and Schedules  shall be deemed  references to Sections of, and Exhibits
and Schedules to, this  Agreement  unless the context shall  otherwise  require.
Except as otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  all terms of an accounting or
financial  nature shall be construed in accordance  with GAAP, as in effect from
time to time;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that for purposes of determining  compliance
with any  covenant  set forth in  Section 6, such terms  shall be  construed  in
accordance  with GAAP as in effect on the date of this  Agreement  applied  on a
basis consistent with the application used in the Borrower's  audited  financial
statements referred to in Section 3.04.

SECTION 2.     AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT.

        SECTION 2.01  COMMITMENT OF THE BANKS.

        (a) Each Bank  severally  and not jointly  with the other Banks  agrees,
upon the terms and subject to the conditions  herein set forth to make revolving
credit  loans (each a "LOAN" and  collectively,  the "LOANS") to the Borrower at
any time and from time to time during the period  commencing  on the date hereof
and ending on the Termination  Date (or the earlier date, if any, of termination
of the Total  Commitment) in an aggregate  principal amount not to exceed,  when
added to such  Bank's  Commitment  Percentage  of the then  aggregate  Letter of
Credit  Outstandings (in excess of the amount of cash then held in the Letter of
Credit Account pursuant to Section 2.13(a)),  the Commitment of such Bank, which
Loans may be repaid and  reborrowed  in accordance  with the  provisions of this
Agreement.  At no time shall the sum of the then outstanding aggregate principal
amount of the Loans PLUS the then aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings exceed
the  lesser  of (i) the  Total  Commitment  of  $75,000,000,  as the same may be
reduced  from time to time  pursuant  to Section  2.10,  and (ii) the sum of the
Borrowing Base PLUS cash then held in the Letter of Credit  Account  pursuant to
Section 2.13(a).

        (b) Each  Borrowing  shall be made by the Banks  PRO RATA in  accordance
with their respective  Commitments;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the failure of any
Bank to make any Loan  shall not in  itself  relieve  the  other  Banks of their
obligations to lend.

        SECTION 2.02  BORROWING BASE.

        (a)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans plus the then
aggregate  Letter of Credit  Outstandings  (in excess of the amount of cash then
held in the Letter of Credit Account  pursuant to Section  2.13(a)) 


                                       20
<PAGE>

shall not at any time  exceed  the  Borrowing  Base and no Loan shall be made or
Letter of Credit issued in violation of the foregoing.

        (b) Cash held in the Letter of Credit Account shall not be available for
use by the Borrower,  whether  pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or
otherwise.

        SECTION 2.03  LETTERS OF CREDIT.

        (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions  herein set forth,  the
Borrower  may request a Fronting  Bank,  at any time and from time to time after
the date hereof and prior to the Termination  Date, to issue, and subject to the
terms and conditions  contained herein,  such Fronting Bank shall issue, for the
account of the Borrower one or more Letters of Credit,  PROVIDED  that no Letter
of Credit  shall be  issued if after  giving  effect  to such  issuance  (i) the
aggregate  Letter of Credit  Outstandings  shall  exceed  $10,000,000,  (ii) the
aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings, when added to the aggregate outstanding
principal  amount of the Loans,  would exceed the lesser of the Total Commitment
and the  amount  calculated  in  accordance  with  Section  2.02(a) or (iii) the
provisions of Section 2.02 would be violated  thereby and PROVIDED  FURTHER that
no Letter of Credit  shall be issued if the  Fronting  Bank shall have  received
notice from the Agent or the Required Banks that the conditions to such issuance
have not been met.

        (b) No Letter of Credit  shall  expire  later  than the  earlier  of (x)
twelve months from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and (y) 60 days
after  the  Maturity  Date,  PROVIDED  that if any  Letter  of  Credit  shall be
outstanding  on the  Termination  Date, the Borrower  shall,  at or prior to the
Termination  Date,  (i)  cause all  Letters  of Credit  which  expire  after the
Termination  Date  to be  returned  to the  Fronting  Bank  undrawn  and  marked
"cancelled"  or (ii) if the  Borrower  is  unable  to do so in whole or in part,
either (x)  provide a  "back-to-back"  letter of credit to one or more  Fronting
Banks in a form  reasonably  satisfactory  to such  Fronting Bank and the Agent,
issued by a bank  satisfactory to such Fronting Bank and the Agent, in an amount
equal to 105% of the then undrawn  stated amount of all  outstanding  Letters of
Credit  issued by such  Fronting  Banks and/or (y) deposit cash in the Letter of
Credit  Account in an amount equal to 105% of the then undrawn  stated amount of
all  outstanding  Letters of Credit as  collateral  security for the  Borrower's
reimbursement  obligations in connection therewith,  such cash to be remitted to
the  Borrower  upon  the  expiration,   cancellation  or  other  termination  or
satisfaction of such reimbursement obligations.

        (c) The Borrower  shall pay to each  Fronting  Bank, in addition to such
other fees and charges as are specifically  provided for in Section 2.21 hereof,
such fees and charges in  connection  with the  issuance and  processing  of the
Letters of Credit  issued by such Fronting  Bank as are  customarily  imposed by
such  Fronting  Bank  from  time to time in  connection  with  letter  of credit
transactions.

        (d) Drafts drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be  reimbursed by the
Borrower in Dollars not later than the first  Business Day following the date of
draw and shall bear interest from the date of draw until the first  Business Day
following the date of draw at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate  Base Rate
PLUS 1/2 of 1% and thereafter until reimbursed in full at a rate per annum equal
to


                                       21
<PAGE>

the Alternate Base Rate PLUS 2-1/2%  (computed on the basis of the actual number
of days  elapsed  over any year of 360 days).  The  Borrower  shall  effect such
reimbursement  (x) if such draw  occurs  prior to the  Termination  Date (or the
earlier  date of  termination  of the Total  Commitment),  in cash or  through a
Borrowing  without the  satisfaction  of the  conditions  precedent set forth in
Section 4.02 or (y) if such draw occurs on or after the Termination Date (or the
earlier date of termination of the Total Commitment),  in cash. Each Bank agrees
to  make  the  Loans   described  in  clause  (x)  of  the  preceding   sentence
notwithstanding a failure to satisfy the applicable  lending  conditions thereto
or the provisions of Section 2.02 or the occurrence of the Termination Date.

        (e)  Immediately  upon the  issuance  of any  Letter  of  Credit  by any
Fronting  Bank,  such  Fronting  Bank  shall be deemed to have sold to each Bank
other  than  such  Fronting  Bank and  each  such  other  Bank  shall be  deemed
unconditionally  and  irrevocably  to have  purchased  from such Fronting  Bank,
without recourse or warranty,  an undivided interest and  participation,  to the
extent of such Bank's  Commitment  Percentage,  in such  Letter of Credit,  each
drawing  thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors under
this Agreement with respect thereto. Upon any change in the Commitments pursuant
to Section 10.03,  it is hereby agreed that with respect to all Letter of Credit
Outstandings,  there  shall be an  automatic  adjustment  to the  participations
hereby  created to reflect the new  Commitment  Percentages of the assigning and
assignee  Banks.  Any action  taken or  omitted  by a Fronting  Bank under or in
connection with a Letter of Credit,  if taken or omitted in the absence of gross
negligence  or willful  misconduct,  shall not create for such Fronting Bank any
resulting liability to any other Bank.

        (f) In the event that a Fronting Bank makes any payment under any Letter
of Credit and the Borrower shall not have reimbursed such amount in full to such
Fronting Bank pursuant to this Section,  the Fronting Bank shall promptly notify
the Agent, which shall promptly notify each Bank of such failure,  and each Bank
shall  promptly  and  unconditionally  pay to the Agent for the  account  of the
Fronting  Bank  the  amount  of  such  Bank's  Commitment   Percentage  of  such
unreimbursed  payment in Dollars and in same day funds.  If the Fronting Bank so
notifies the Agent, and the Agent so notifies the Banks prior to 11:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on any  Business  Day,  such Banks shall make  available  to the
Fronting Bank such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment on
such  Business  Day in same day funds.  If and to the extent such Bank shall not
have so made its Commitment  Percentage of the amount of such payment  available
to the Fronting Bank,  such Bank agrees to pay to such Fronting Bank,  forthwith
on demand such amount,  together with interest  thereon,  for each day from such
date  until the date such  amount is paid to the Agent for the  account  of such
Fronting Bank at the Federal Funds  Effective  Rate.  The failure of any Bank to
make  available to the Fronting  Bank its  Commitment  Percentage of any payment
under any Letter of Credit  shall not relieve  any other Bank of its  obligation
hereunder to make  available to the Fronting Bank its  Commitment  Percentage of
any payment under any Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above,
but no Bank  shall be  responsible  for the  failure  of any other  Bank to make
available to such Fronting Bank such other Bank's  Commitment  Percentage of any
such payment.  Whenever a Fronting  Bank  receives a payment of a  reimbursement
obligation as to which it has received any payments  from the Banks  pursuant to
this  paragraph,  such  Fronting  Bank shall pay to each Bank 


                                       22
<PAGE>

which has paid its  Commitment  Percentage  thereof,  in Dollars and in same day
funds, an amount equal to such Bank's Commitment Percentage thereof.

        SECTION 2.04 ISSUANCE.  Whenever the Borrower desires a Fronting Bank to
issue a Letter of Credit,  it shall give to such  Fronting Bank and the Agent at
least two Business Days' prior written (including telegraphic,  telex, facsimile
or cable communication)  notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed upon by
the Agent,  the Borrower and the Fronting Bank) specifying the date on which the
proposed  Letter of Credit is to be issued (which shall be a Business  Day), the
stated amount of the Letter of Credit so requested,  the expiration date of such
Letter of Credit and the name and address of the beneficiary thereof.

        SECTION  2.05  NATURE  OF LETTER OF  CREDIT  OBLIGATIONS  ABSOLUTE.  The
obligations  of the Borrower to reimburse  the Banks for drawings made under any
Letter  of  Credit  shall be  unconditional  and  irrevocable  and shall be paid
strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances,
including,  without limitation (it being understood that any such payment by the
Borrower  shall be without  prejudice to, and shall not  constitute a waiver of,
any rights the Borrower  might have or might  acquire as a result of the payment
by the Fronting Bank of any draft or the reimbursement by the Borrower thereof):
(i) any lack of validity  or  enforceability  of any Letter of Credit;  (ii) the
existence  of any claim,  setoff,  defense or other right which the Borrower may
have at any time against a beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or against any of
the  Banks,  whether  in  connection  with  this  Agreement,   the  transactions
contemplated  herein or any  unrelated  transaction;  (iii) any  draft,  demand,
certificate or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be
forged,  fraudulent,  invalid or  insufficient  in any respect or any  statement
therein being untrue or  inaccurate  in any respect;  (iv) payment by a Fronting
Bank of any  Letter  of  Credit  against  presentation  of a  demand,  draft  or
certificate  or other  document  which  does not  comply  with the terms of such
Letter of Credit; (v) any other circumstance or happening  whatsoever,  which is
similar  to any of the  foregoing;  or (vi) the fact that any  Event of  Default
shall have occurred and be continuing.

        SECTION 2.06  MAKING OF LOANS.

        (a) Except as  contemplated  by Section 2.11,  Loans shall be either ABR
Loans  or  Eurodollar  Loans  as the  Borrower  may  request  subject  to and in
accordance with this Section,  PROVIDED that all Loans made pursuant to the same
Borrowing shall, unless otherwise  specifically provided herein, be Loans of the
same Type.  Each Bank may fulfill its Commitment  with respect to any Eurodollar
Loan or ABR Loan by causing any  lending  office of such Bank to make such Loan;
PROVIDED that any such use of a lending  office shall not affect the  obligation
of the  Borrower  to  repay  such  Loan in  accordance  with  the  terms of this
Agreement.  Each Bank shall, subject to its overall policy  considerations,  use
reasonable efforts (but shall not be obligated) to select a lending office which
will not result in the payment of increased  costs by the  Borrower  pursuant to
Section 2.15. Subject to the other provisions of this Section and the provisions
of Section  2.12,  Borrowings  of Loans of more than one Type may be incurred at
the same time,  PROVIDED  that no more than five (5)  Borrowings  of  Eurodollar
Loans may be outstanding at any time.

                                       23
<PAGE>

        (b) The  Borrower  shall give the Agent prior  notice of each  Borrowing
hereunder of at least three Business Days for Eurodollar  Loans and one Business
Day for ABR Loans; such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the amount
of the proposed  Borrowing  (which shall not be less than $3,000,000 in the case
of Eurodollar  Loans and $500,000 in the case of ABR Loans) and the date thereof
(which shall be a Business  Day) and shall  contain  disbursement  instructions.
Such notice, to be effective, must be received by the Agent not later than 12:00
noon,  New York City time,  on the third  Business Day in the case of Eurodollar
Loans and the first Business Day in the case of ABR Loans, preceding the date on
which such  Borrowing  is to be made except as provided in the last  sentence of
this Section 2.06(b). Such notice shall specify whether the Borrowing then being
requested is to be a Borrowing of ABR Loans or Eurodollar  Loans. If no election
is made as to the Type of  Loan,  such  notice  shall be  deemed a  request  for
Borrowing  of ABR  Loans.  The  Agent  shall  promptly  notify  each Bank of its
proportionate share of such Borrowing,  the date of such Borrowing,  the Type of
Borrowing or Loans being requested and the Interest  Period or Interest  Periods
applicable  thereto,  as  appropriate.  On the borrowing  date specified in such
notice,  each Bank shall make its share of the Borrowing available at the office
of the Agent at 270 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017,  no later than 12:00
noon, New York City time, in immediately  available  funds.  Upon receipt of the
funds made  available by the Banks to fund any  borrowing  hereunder,  the Agent
shall  disburse  such funds in the manner  specified  in the notice of borrowing
delivered by the Borrower and shall use reasonable  efforts to make the funds so
received  from the Banks  available  to the Borrower no later than 2:00 p.m. New
York City time (other than as provided in the following sentence).  With respect
to ABR Loans of  $5,000,000  or less,  the  Banks  shall  make  such  Borrowings
available to the Borrower by 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the same Business
Day that the Borrower gives notice to the Agent of such Borrowing by 12:00 noon,
New York City time.

        SECTION 2.07  REPAYMENT OF LOANS.

        (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent for
the  account of each Bank the then unpaid  principal  amount of each Loan on the
Termination Date.

        (b) Each Bank shall  maintain in accordance  with its usual  practice an
account or accounts  evidencing  the  indebtedness  of the Borrower to such Bank
resulting  from each Loan made by such Bank,  including the amounts of principal
and interest payable and paid to such Bank from time to time hereunder.

        (c) The Agent shall  maintain  accounts in which it shall record (i) the
amount of each Loan made  hereunder,  the Type thereof and the  Interest  Period
applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable
or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Bank  hereunder and (iii)
the amount of any sum  received  by the Agent  hereunder  for the account of the
Banks and each Bank's share thereof.

        (d) The entries  made in the accounts  maintained  pursuant to paragraph
(b) or (c) of this Section  shall be PRIMA FACIE  evidence of the  existence and
amounts of the obligations  recorded  therein;


                                       24
<PAGE>

PROVIDED  that the failure of any Bank or the Agent to maintain such accounts or
any error therein shall not in any manner affect the  obligation of the Borrower
to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

        (e) Any  Bank  may  request  that  Loans  made by it be  evidenced  by a
promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare,  execute and deliver
to such Bank a  promissory  note  payable  to the  order of such  Bank  (or,  if
requested by such Bank, to such Bank and its  registered  assigns) and in a form
approved by the Agent.  Thereafter,  the Loans evidenced by such promissory note
and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment  pursuant to
Section  10.03)  be  represented  by one or more  promissory  notes in such form
payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such  promissory note is
a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

        SECTION 2.08  INTEREST ON LOANS.

        (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.09,  each ABR Loan shall bear
interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year
of 360 days) at a rate per annum  equal to the  Alternate  Base Rate PLUS 1/2 of
1%.

        (b) Subject to the  provisions of Section  2.09,  each  Eurodollar  Loan
shall bear interest  (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed
over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal,  during each Interest Period
applicable  thereto,  to the  Adjusted  LIBOR Rate for such  Interest  Period in
effect for such Borrowing PLUS 1 1/2%.

        (c)  Accrued  interest  on all Loans shall be payable in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date applicable  thereto,  at maturity (whether by acceleration
or  otherwise),  after such  maturity on demand and (with  respect to Eurodollar
Loans) upon any repayment or prepayment thereof (on the amount prepaid).

        SECTION 2.09 DEFAULT INTEREST. If the Borrower or any Guarantor,  as the
case may be, shall default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any
Loan or in the payment of any other amount  becoming due  hereunder  (including,
without limitation,  the reimbursement  pursuant to Section 2.03(d) of any draft
drawn under a Letter of Credit),  whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise,  the Borrower or such Guarantor,  as the case may be, shall on demand
from  time to  time  pay  interest,  to the  extent  permitted  by law,  on such
defaulted  amount up to (but not including) the date of actual payment (after as
well as  before  judgment)  at a rate per  annum  (computed  on the basis of the
actual  number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to (x) in the case
of Borrowings  consisting of Eurodollar Loans, the Adjusted LIBOR Rate in effect
for such  Borrowing  PLUS 3 1/2% and (y) in the case of all other  amounts,  the
Alternate Base Rate PLUS 2 1/2%.

        SECTION 2.10 OPTIONAL  TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF  COMMITMENT.  Upon at
least two Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent,  the Borrower may at
any  time  in  whole  permanently  terminate,  or  from  time  to  time  in part
permanently  reduce,  the Unused Total  Commitment.  Each such  reduction of the
Commitments  shall be in the  principal  amount of


                                       25
<PAGE>

$5,000,000 or any integral multiple thereof.  Simultaneously with each reduction
or  termination of the  Commitment,  the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the
account of each Bank the  Commitment Fee accrued on the amount of the Commitment
of such Bank so terminated or reduced through the date thereof. Any reduction of
the Total  Commitment  pursuant  to this  Section  shall be applied  PRO RATA to
reduce the Commitment of each Bank.

        SECTION  2.11  ALTERNATE  RATE OF  INTEREST.  In the event,  and on each
occasion,  that on the day two Business  Days prior to the  commencement  of any
Interest Period for a Eurodollar  Loan, the Agent shall have  determined  (which
determination  shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower absent manifest
error)  that  reasonable  means do not exist  for  ascertaining  the  applicable
Adjusted LIBOR Rate, the Agent shall,  as soon as practicable  thereafter,  give
written or  telegraphic  notice of such  determination  to the  Borrower and the
Banks,  and any request by the  Borrower  for a Borrowing  of  Eurodollar  Loans
(including  pursuant to a refinancing with Eurodollar Loans) pursuant to Section
2.06 or 2.12 shall be deemed a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans.  After such
notice  shall have been given and until the  circumstances  giving  rise to such
notice no longer exist,  each request for a Borrowing of Eurodollar  Loans shall
be deemed to be a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans.

        SECTION 2.12 REFINANCING OF LOANS. The Borrower shall have the right, at
any time, on three Business Days' prior  irrevocable  notice to the Agent (which
notice,  to be  effective,  must be  received  by the Agent not later than 12:00
noon,  New York City time,  on the third  Business Day preceding the date of any
refinancing),  (x) to refinance  (without the satisfaction of the conditions set
forth in Section 4 as a condition to such refinancing) any outstanding Borrowing
or  Borrowings  of Loans of one Type (or a portion  thereof) with a Borrowing of
Loans  of the  other  Type  or (y)  to  continue  an  outstanding  Borrowing  of
Eurodollar Loans for an additional Interest Period, subject to the following:

        (a) as a condition to the refinancing of ABR Loans with Eurodollar Loans
and to the continuation of Eurodollar  Loans for an additional  Interest Period,
no Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing at the time of such
refinancing;

        (b) if less than a full  Borrowing  of Loans shall be  refinanced,  such
refinancing  shall be made pro  rata  among  the  Banks in  accordance  with the
respective  principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing held by the
Banks immediately prior to such refinancing;

        (c) the aggregate principal amount of Loans being refinanced shall be at
least  $1,000,000,  PROVIDED  that no  partial  refinancing  of a  Borrowing  of
Eurodollar  Loans shall result in the  Eurodollar  Loans  remaining  outstanding
pursuant to such  Borrowing  being less than  $3,000,000 in aggregate  principal
amount;

        (d) each Bank shall effect each  refinancing by applying the proceeds of
its new  Eurodollar  Loan or ABR  Loan,  as the case may be,  to its Loan  being
refinanced;

                                       26
<PAGE>

        (e) the Interest Period with respect to a Borrowing of Eurodollar  Loans
effected by a refinancing  or in respect to the  Borrowing of  Eurodollar  Loans
being continued as Eurodollar Loans shall commence on the date of refinancing or
the  expiration of the current  Interest  Period  applicable to such  continuing
Borrowing, as the case may be;

        (f) a Borrowing of Eurodollar  Loans may be refinanced  only on the last
day of an Interest Period applicable thereto; and

        (g) each request for a refinancing  with a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans
which  fails to state an  applicable  Interest  Period  shall be  deemed to be a
request for an Interest Period of one month.

In the event that the Borrower  shall not give notice to refinance any Borrowing
of Eurodollar Loans, or to continue such Borrowing as Eurodollar Loans, or shall
not be entitled to refinance or continue such Borrowing as Eurodollar  Loans, in
each case as provided above,  such Borrowing shall  automatically  be refinanced
with a Borrowing of ABR Loans at the  expiration  of the  then-current  Interest
Period.  The Agent shall,  after it receives notice from the Borrower,  promptly
give each Bank notice of any refinancing,  in whole or part, of any Loan made by
such Bank.

        SECTION  2.13  MANDATORY  PREPAYMENT;   COMMITMENT   TERMINATION;   CASH
COLLATERAL. The outstanding Obligations shall be subject to mandatory prepayment
as follows:

        (a) if at any time the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Loans plus the aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the lesser of (x)
the Total  Commitment  and (y) the sum of the Borrowing Base PLUS cash deposited
in the Letter of Credit Account pursuant to Section  2.13(a),  the Borrower will
within three Business days (i) prepay the Loans in an amount  necessary to cause
the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  outstanding  Loans PLUS the  aggregate
Letter of  Credit  Outstandings  in excess of the  amount of cash so held in the
Letter of Credit Account to be equal to or less than the Total Commitment and/or
the Borrowing  Base, as the case may be, and (ii) if, after giving effect to the
prepayment in full of the Loans, the aggregate Letter of Credit  Outstandings in
excess of the amount of cash so held in the Letter of Credit Account exceeds the
Total Commitment and/or the Borrowing Base, as the case may be, deposit into the
Letter of Credit  Account  an  amount  equal to 105% of the  amount by which the
aggregate Letter of Credit  Outstandings in excess of the amount of cash so held
in the Letter of Credit  Account so exceeds the Total  Commitment  or  Borrowing
Base, as the case may be;

        (b) upon the Termination  Date, the Total Commitment shall be terminated
in full and the  Borrower  shall  pay the Loans in full  and,  if any  Letter of
Credit remains outstanding,  deposit into the Letter of Credit Account an amount
equal to 105% of the amount by which the sum of the  aggregate  Letter of Credit
Outstandings exceeds the amount of cash held in the Letter of Credit Account.

                                       27
<PAGE>

        SECTION 2.14  OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT OF LOANS; REIMBURSEMENT OF BANKS.

        (a) The Borrower  shall have the right at any time and from time to time
to prepay any Loans, in whole or in part, (x) with respect to Eurodollar  Loans,
upon at least three Business Days' prior written,  telex or facsimile  notice to
the Agent and (y) with respect to ABR Loans on the same Business Day if written,
telex or facsimile notice is received by the Agent prior to 12:00 noon, New York
City time, and thereafter upon at least one Business Day's prior written,  telex
or facsimile notice to the Agent; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that (i) each such partial
prepayment  shall be in integral  multiples of $500,000,  (ii) no  prepayment of
Eurodollar Loans shall be permitted  pursuant to this Section 2.14(a) other than
on the last day of an  Interest  Period  applicable  thereto  (and other than in
connection  with  the  syndication  of the  credit  facility  evidenced  by this
Agreement),  and (iii) no partial  prepayment of a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans
shall result in the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans remaining
outstanding  pursuant to such Borrowing being less than $3,000,000.  Each notice
of prepayment  shall specify the prepayment  date,  the principal  amount of the
Loans to be  prepaid  and in the case of  Eurodollar  Loans,  the  Borrowing  or
Borrowings  pursuant to which made,  shall be  irrevocable  and shall commit the
Borrower to prepay such Loan by the amount and on the date stated  therein.  The
Agent shall, promptly after receiving notice from the Borrower hereunder, notify
each Bank of the principal amount of the Loans held by such Bank which are to be
prepaid, the prepayment date and the manner of application of the prepayment.

        (b) The  Borrower  shall  reimburse  each  Bank on  demand  for any loss
incurred or to be incurred by it in the  reemployment  of the funds released (i)
resulting from any prepayment  (for any reason  whatsoever,  including,  without
limitation,  refinancing  with ABR Loans) of any  Eurodollar  Loan  required  or
permitted under this  Agreement,  if such Loan is prepaid other than on the last
day of the Interest Period for such Loan  (including,  without  limitation,  any
such  prepayment  in  connection  with the  syndication  of the credit  facility
evidenced  by this  Agreement)  or (ii) in the event  that  after  the  Borrower
delivers a notice of  borrowing  under  Section  2.06 in  respect of  Eurodollar
Loans, such Loans are not made on the first day of the Interest Period specified
in such notice of  borrowing  for any reason other than a breach by such Bank of
its  obligations  hereunder.  Such  loss  shall  be  the  amount  as  reasonably
determined  by such Bank as the  excess,  if any,  of (A) the amount of interest
which would have accrued to such Bank on the amount so paid or not borrowed at a
rate of interest  equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Loan, for the period
from the date of such  payment  or  failure to borrow to the last day (x) in the
case of a payment or  refinancing  with ABR Loans  other than on the last day of
the Interest Period for such Loan, of the then current  Interest Period for such
Loan, or (y) in the case of such failure to borrow,  of the Interest  Period for
such Loan which would have commenced on the date of such failure to borrow, over
(B) the amount of interest  which would have accrued to such Bank on such amount
by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable  period with leading banks in
the London interbank  market.  Each Bank shall deliver to the Borrower from time
to time one or more  certificates  setting  forth  the  amount  of such  loss as
determined by such Bank.

        (c) In the  event  the  Borrower  fails to  prepay  any Loan on the date
specified in any prepayment  notice delivered  pursuant to Section 2.14(a),  the
Borrower  on demand by any Bank  shall


                                       28
<PAGE>

pay to the Agent for the account of such Bank any amounts required to compensate
such Bank for any loss  incurred  by such Bank as a result  of such  failure  to
prepay,  including,  without limitation,  any loss, cost or expenses incurred by
reason of the  acquisition  of  deposits  or other funds by such Bank to fulfill
deposit  obligations  incurred in anticipation of such  prepayment,  but without
duplication of any amounts paid under Section  2.14(b).  Each Bank shall deliver
to the Borrower  from time to time one or more  certificates  setting  forth the
amount of such loss as determined by such Bank.

        (d) Any  partial  prepayment  of the Loans by the  Borrower  pursuant to
Sections  2.13 or 2.14 shall be applied as  specified by the Borrower or, in the
absence of such specification, as determined by the Agent, PROVIDED that in each
case no Eurodollar Loans shall be prepaid pursuant to Section 2.13 to the extent
that  such  Loan has an  Interest  Period  ending  after  the  required  date of
prepayment  unless and until all outstanding ABR Loans and Eurodollar Loans with
Interest Periods ending on such date have been repaid in full.

        SECTION 2.15  RESERVE REQUIREMENTS; CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES.

        (a)  Notwithstanding  any other provision  herein,  if after the date of
this   Agreement  any  change  in  applicable   law  or  regulation  or  in  the
interpretation or administration  thereof by any Governmental  Authority charged
with the  interpretation  or  administration  thereof (whether or not having the
force of law) shall  change the basis of taxation of payments to any Bank of the
principal of or interest on any Eurodollar Loan made by such Bank or any fees or
other amounts payable  hereunder (other than changes in respect of Taxes,  Other
Taxes and taxes  imposed  on, or  measured  by, the net income or overall  gross
receipts or franchise taxes of such Bank by the  jurisdiction in which such Bank
has its  principal  office or in which the  applicable  lending  office for such
Eurodollar Loan is located or by any political  subdivision or taxing  authority
therein, or by any other jurisdiction or by any political  subdivision or taxing
authority  therein  other  than a  jurisdiction  in which such Bank would not be
subject to tax but for the  execution and  performance  of this  Agreement),  or
shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve,  special deposit or similar
requirement  against  assets of,  deposits  with or for the account of or credit
extended by such Bank (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in
the Adjusted  LIBOR Rate) or shall  impose on such Bank or the London  interbank
market any other condition affecting this Agreement or the Eurodollar Loans made
by such Bank,  and the result of any of the  foregoing  shall be to increase the
cost to such Bank of making or maintaining  any Eurodollar Loan or to reduce the
amount of any sum  received or  receivable  by such Bank  hereunder  (whether of
principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Bank to
be  material,  then  the  Borrower  will  pay to such  Bank in  accordance  with
paragraph (c) below such  additional  amount or amounts as will  compensate such
Bank for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

        (b) If any Bank shall have  reasonably  determined  that the adoption or
effectiveness  after the date hereof of any law,  rule,  regulation or guideline
regarding  capital  adequacy,  or any change in any of the  foregoing  or in the
interpretation  or  administration  of any of the foregoing by any  Governmental
Authority,  central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or any lending office of such
Bank) or any Bank's


                                       29
<PAGE>

holding  company  with any  request  or  directive  regarding  capital  adequacy
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,  central bank or
comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return
on such Bank's capital or on the capital of such Bank's holding company, if any,
as a consequence of this Agreement, the Loans made by such Bank pursuant hereto,
such Bank's  Commitment  hereunder or the issuance of, or participation  in, any
Letter  of Credit by such Bank to a level  below  that  which  such Bank or such
Bank's  holding  company  could have achieved but for such  adoption,  change or
compliance  (taking into  account such Bank's  policies and the policies of such
Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount reasonably
deemed by such Bank to be material,  then from time to time the  Borrower  shall
pay to such Bank such additional  amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank
or such Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

        (c) A  certificate  of each Bank setting forth such amount or amounts as
shall be necessary to compensate  such Bank or its holding  company as specified
in  paragraph  (a) or (b) above,  as the case may be,  shall be delivered to the
Borrower and shall be conclusive  absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay
each Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered to it within
10 days after its receipt of the same. Any Bank receiving any such payment shall
promptly make a refund thereof to the Borrower if the law, regulation, guideline
or change in circumstances giving rise to such payment is subsequently deemed or
held to be invalid or inapplicable.

        (d)  Failure  on the part of any  Bank to  demand  compensation  for any
increased  costs or reduction in amounts  received or receivable or reduction in
return on capital with  respect to any period  shall not  constitute a waiver of
such  Bank's  right to demand  compensation  with  respect to such period or any
other  period.  The  protection  of this Section shall be available to each Bank
regardless of any possible  contention of the invalidity or  inapplicability  of
the law, rule,  regulation,  guideline or other change or condition  which shall
have occurred or been imposed.

        SECTION 2.16  CHANGE IN LEGALITY.

        (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this
Agreement,  if after  the date of this  Agreement  (x) any  change in any law or
regulation  or in  the  interpretation  thereof  by any  Governmental  Authority
charged  with the  administration  thereof  shall make it unlawful for a Bank to
make or  maintain a  Eurodollar  Loan or to give  effect to its  obligations  as
contemplated  hereby with  respect to a  Eurodollar  Loan or (y) at any time any
Bank  determines  that the making or continuance of any of its Eurodollar  Loans
has become  impracticable as a result of a contingency  occurring after the date
hereof which adversely  affects the London  interbank  market or the position of
such Bank in such market, then, by written notice to the Borrower, such Bank may
(i)  declare  that  Eurodollar  Loans will not  thereafter  be made by such Bank
hereunder,  whereupon  any request by the Borrower  for a  Eurodollar  Borrowing
shall,  as to such Bank only,  be deemed a request  for an ABR Loan  unless such
declaration  shall  be  subsequently  withdrawn;   and  (ii)  require  that  all
outstanding  Eurodollar  Loans made by it be  converted  to ABR Loans,  in which
event all such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as
of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.  In the
event any Bank  shall  exercise  its  rights  under  clause  (i) or (ii) of this


                                       30
<PAGE>

paragraph (a), all payments and  prepayments of principal  which would otherwise
have been  applied  to repay the  Eurodollar  Loans that would have been made by
such Bank or the  converted  Eurodollar  Loans of such  Bank  shall  instead  be
applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Bank in lieu of, or  resulting  from
the conversion of, such Eurodollar Loans.

        (b) For purposes of this  Section  2.16, a notice to the Borrower by any
Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be effective,  if lawful,  and if any
Eurodollar Loans shall then be outstanding,  on the last day of the then-current
Interest  Period,  otherwise,  such  notice  shall be  effective  on the date of
receipt by the Borrower.

        SECTION 2.17 PRO RATA  TREATMENT,  ETC. All payments and  repayments  of
principal  and interest in respect of the Loans  (except as provided in Sections
2.15 and 2.16)  shall be made pro rata  among the Banks in  accordance  with the
then outstanding  principal amount of the Loans and/or  participations in Letter
of Credit  Outstandings  and all outstanding  undrawn Letters of Credit (and the
unreimbursed  amount of drawn  Letters of Credit)  hereunder and all payments of
Commitment  Fees and  Letter of Credit  Fees  (other  than  those  payable  to a
Fronting  Bank) shall be made pro rata among the Banks in accordance  with their
Commitments.  All payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be (i) net of any tax
applicable  to  the  Borrower  or a  Guarantor  and  (ii)  made  in  Dollars  in
immediately  available  funds at the office of the Agent by 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the date on which such payment  shall be due.  Interest in respect
of any Loan  hereunder  shall accrue from and including the date of such Loan to
but excluding the date on which such Loan is paid in full or converted to a Loan
of a different Type.

        SECTION 2.18  TAXES.

        (a) Any and all  payments  by the  Borrower or any  Guarantor  hereunder
shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all current or
future taxes,  levies,  imposts,  deductions,  charges or withholdings,  and all
liabilities with respect thereto,  EXCLUDING (i) taxes imposed on or measured by
the net  income  or  overall  gross  receipts  of the  Agent or any Bank (or any
transferee  or  assignee  thereof,  including a  participation  holder (any such
entity being called a "TRANSFEREE")) and franchise taxes imposed on the Agent or
any Bank (or Transferee) by the United States or any jurisdiction under the laws
of which the Agent or any such Bank (or Transferee) is organized or in which the
applicable  lending  office of any such Bank (or  Transferee)  is located or any
political  subdivision  thereof or by any other jurisdiction or by any political
subdivision or taxing  authority  therein other than a jurisdiction in which the
Agent  or such  Bank  would  not be  subject  to tax but for the  execution  and
performance  of this  Agreement  and (ii) taxes,  levies,  imposts,  deductions,
charges or withholdings ("AMOUNTS") with respect to payments hereunder to a Bank
(or  Transferee)  in accordance  with laws in effect on the later of the date of
this  Agreement  and the date  such  Bank  (or  Transferee)  becomes  a Bank (or
Transferee,  as the case may be), but not  excluding,  with respect to such Bank
(or  Transferee),  any increase in such Amounts solely as a result of any change
in such laws occurring  after such later date or any Amounts that would not have
been imposed but for actions (other than actions contemplated by this Agreement)
taken by the Borrower after such later date (all such nonexcluded taxes, levies,
imposts,  deductions,  charges,  withholdings and liabilities  being


                                       31
<PAGE>

hereinafter  referred to as "TAXES").  If the Borrower or any Guarantor shall be
required  by law to  deduct  any Taxes  from or in  respect  of any sum  payable
hereunder  to the Banks (or any  Transferee)  or the Agent,  (i) the sum payable
shall be  increased  by the amount  necessary  so that after making all required
deductions  (including  deductions  applicable to additional  sums payable under
this Section) such Bank (or  Transferee) or the Agent (as the case may be) shall
receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions
been made,  (ii) the Borrower shall make such  deductions and (iii) the Borrower
shall pay the full amount  deducted to the  relevant  taxing  authority or other
Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

        (b) In addition,  the Borrower agrees to pay any current or future stamp
or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges, assessments
or similar  levies  that  arise  from any  payment  made  hereunder  or from the
execution,  delivery or  registration  of, or  otherwise  with  respect to, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as "OTHER TAXES").

        (c) The Borrower will indemnify each Bank (or  Transferee) and the Agent
for the full amount of Taxes and Other  Taxes paid by such Bank (or  Transferee)
or the  Agent,  as the  case may be,  and any  liability  (including  penalties,
interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not
such Taxes or Other Taxes were  correctly  or legally  asserted by the  relevant
taxing authority or other Governmental Authority.  Such indemnification shall be
made within 30 days after the date any Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent, as the
case may be, makes written  demand  therefor.  If a Bank (or  Transferee) or the
Agent shall  become  aware that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of
Taxes or  Other  Taxes as to  which  it has  been  indemnified  by the  Borrower
pursuant  to  this  Section,  it  shall  promptly  notify  the  Borrower  of the
availability of such refund and shall, within 30 days after receipt of a request
by the Borrower,  apply for such refund at the Borrower's  expense.  If any Bank
(or  Transferee) or the Agent receives a refund in respect of any Taxes or Other
Taxes as to  which it has been  indemnified  by the  Borrower  pursuant  to this
Section,  it shall promptly notify the Borrower of such refund and shall, within
30 days after receipt of a request by the Borrower (or promptly upon receipt, if
the Borrower has requested  application for such refund pursuant hereto),  repay
such refund to the Borrower (to the extent of amounts that have been paid by the
Borrower  under this Section with respect to such refund plus  interest  that is
received by the Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent as part of the refund), net of
all out-of-pocket expenses of such Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent and without
additional  interest  thereon;  PROVIDED that the Borrower,  upon the request of
such Bank (or  Transferee)  or the Agent,  agrees to return  such  refund  (plus
penalties,  interest or other charges) to such Bank (or Transferee) or the Agent
in the event such Bank (or  Transferee)  or the Agent is  required to repay such
refund.  Nothing  contained in this  subsection  (c) shall  require any Bank (or
Transferee)  or the Agent to make available any of its tax returns (or any other
information relating to its taxes that it deems to be confidential).

        (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes or Other Taxes
withheld by the  Borrower in respect of any payment to any Bank (or  Transferee)
or the Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to
on the  signature  pages hereof,  the original or a certified  copy of a receipt
evidencing payment thereof.

                                       32
<PAGE>

        (e) Without  prejudice to the survival of any other agreement  contained
herein,  the agreements and obligations  contained in this Section shall survive
the  payment  in  full  of the  principal  of and  interest  on all  Loans  made
hereunder.

        (f) Each  Bank (or  Transferee)  that is  organized  under the laws of a
jurisdiction outside the United States shall, if legally able to do so, prior to
the  immediately  following  due date of any payment by the Borrower  hereunder,
deliver to the  Borrower  such  certificates,  documents or other  evidence,  as
required by the Code or Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto,  including
(A) Internal  Revenue  Service Form W-8 or W-9 and (B) Internal  Revenue Service
Form 1001 or Form 4224 and any  other  certificate  or  statement  of  exemption
required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1, 1.1441-4 or 1.1441-6(c) or any
subsequent  version thereof or successors  thereto,  properly completed and duly
executed by such Bank (or Transferee)  establishing that such payment is (i) not
subject to United  States  Federal  withholding  tax under the Code because such
payment is effectively  connected with the conduct by such Bank (or  Transferee)
of a trade or business in the United  States or (ii) totally  exempt from United
States Federal  withholding tax or subject to a reduced rate of such tax under a
provision of an  applicable  tax treaty.  Unless the Borrower and the Agent have
received forms or other  documents  satisfactory  to them  indicating  that such
payments  hereunder are not subject to United States Federal  withholding tax or
are  subject to such tax at a rate  reduced by an  applicable  tax  treaty,  the
Borrower or the Agent shall  withhold taxes from such payments at the applicable
statutory rate.

        (g) The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional  amounts to
any Bank (or  Transferee)  in respect of United States Federal  withholding  tax
pursuant  to  subsection  (a)  above if the  obligation  to pay such  additional
amounts would not have arisen but for a failure by such Bank (or  Transferee) to
comply with the provisions of subsection (f) above.

        (h) Any Bank (or  Transferee)  claiming any additional  amounts  payable
pursuant to this  Section 2.18 shall use  reasonable  efforts  (consistent  with
legal and regulatory restrictions) to file any certificate or document requested
by the Borrower or to change the  jurisdiction of its applicable  lending office
if the making of such a filing or change  would avoid the need for or reduce the
amount of any such additional  amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not,
in the sole  reasonable  determination  of such Bank,  be  otherwise  materially
disadvantageous to such Bank (or Transferee).

        SECTION 2.19 CERTAIN FEES. The Borrower shall pay (i) to the Agent,  for
the respective  accounts of the Agent and the Banks,  the fees set forth in that
certain letter agreement dated January 7, 1998 among the Agent, Chase Securities
Inc.  and the Borrower and (ii) to the Agent on behalf of the Banks a fee in the
amount  of  $562,500  upon  and at the  time of a  termination  in  whole of the
Commitment prior to the Termination Date.

        SECTION  2.20  COMMITMENT  FEE.  The  Borrower  shall pay to the Banks a
commitment fee (the "COMMITMENT  FEE") for the period commencing on the date the
Commitment  Letter is executed to the  Termination  Date or the earlier  date of
termination  of the  Commitment,  computed (on the basis of the actual number of
days  elapsed  over a year of 360 days) at the rate of  one-half  of


                                       33
<PAGE>

one percent (1/2%) per annum on the average daily Unused Total Commitment.  Such
Commitment  Fee, to the extent then  accrued,  shall be payable (x) monthly,  in
arrears, on the last calendar day of each month, (y) on the Termination Date and
(z) as provided in Section 2.10 hereof,  upon any  reduction or  termination  in
whole or in part of the Total Commitment.

        SECTION 2.21 LETTER OF CREDIT FEES.  The Borrower shall pay with respect
to  each  Letter  of  Credit  (i) to the  Agent  on  behalf  of the  Banks a fee
calculated (on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360
days) at the  rate of (x) one and  one-half  (1-1/2%)  per  annum  on the  daily
average  Letter  of  Credit  Outstandings  and (ii) to the  Fronting  Bank  such
Fronting Bank's customary fees for issuance,  amendments and processing referred
to in Section 2.03. In addition,  the Borrower  agrees to pay each Fronting Bank
for its  account a fronting  fee in respect of each  Letter of Credit  issued by
such  Fronting  Bank,  for the period from and including the date of issuance of
such Letter of Credit to and including the date of termination of such Letter of
Credit,  computed at a rate,  and  payable at times,  to be  determined  by such
Fronting Bank, the Borrower and the Agent.  Accrued fees described in clause (i)
of the first  sentence  of this  paragraph  in respect of each  Letter of Credit
shall be due and  payable  monthly in arrears on the last  calendar  day of each
month and on the Termination  Date, or such earlier date as the Total Commitment
is  terminated.  Accrued fees  described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of
this  paragraph in respect of each Letter of Credit shall be payable at times to
be determined by the Fronting Bank, the Borrower and the Agent.

        SECTION 2.22 NATURE OF FEES. All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in
immediately  available  funds,  to the Agent for the respective  accounts of the
Agent and the Banks, as provided  herein and in the letter  described in Section
2.19. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

        SECTION 2.23  PRIORITY AND LIENS.

        (a) The Borrower  hereby  covenants,  represents and warrants that, upon
entry of the Interim Order (i) pursuant to Section  364(c)(1) of the  Bankruptcy
Code, the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Loan Documents and
in respect of  Indebtedness  permitted  by Section  6.03(iv)  shall at all times
constitute  allowed  administrative  expense claims in the Case having  priority
over all  administrative  expenses of the kind  specified in Sections  503(b) or
507(b) of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  (ii)  pursuant  to  Section  364(c)(2)  of the
Bankruptcy  Code, the  Obligations of the Borrower  hereunder and under the Loan
Documents and in respect of Indebtedness  permitted by Section 6.03(iv) shall at
all times be secured by a  perfected  first  priority  Lien on all  unencumbered
property of the Borrower and all cash maintained in the Letter of Credit Account
and any direct  investments of the funds  contained  therein,  (iii) pursuant to
Section  364(c)(3)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  the  Obligations  of the Borrower
hereunder and under the Loan Documents and in respect of Indebtedness  permitted
by Section  6.03 shall be secured by a perfected  Lien upon all  property of the
Borrower that is subject to valid and perfected Liens in existence on the Filing
Date, junior to such valid and perfected Liens (except as otherwise  provided in
the following clause),  and (iv) pursuant to Section 364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy
Code, the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under


                                       34
<PAGE>

the Loan Documents and in respect of Indebtedness  permitted by Section 6.03(iv)
shall at all times be secured by a perfected first priority  priming lien on any
property of the Borrower to which any liens attached prior to the Filing Date in
respect  of the  Judgment,  subject in each case only to (x) in the event of the
occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default or an event that
would  constitute an Event of Default with the giving of notice or lapse of time
or both, the payment of allowed and unpaid  professional  fees and disbursements
incurred by the Borrower and any statutory  committees  appointed in the Case in
an aggregate  amount not in excess of  $3,000,000  and (y) the payment of unpaid
fees  pursuant  to 28  U.S.C.  Section  1930  (collectively,  the  "CARVE-OUT"),
PROVIDED  that  following the  Termination  Date amounts in the Letter of Credit
Account shall not be subject to the  Carve-Out.  The Banks agree that so long as
no Event of Default or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or
both would constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
the  Borrower  shall be  permitted  to pay  compensation  and  reimbursement  of
expenses allowed and payable under 11 U.S.C.  Section 330 and 11 U.S.C.  Section
331,  as the same may be due and  payable,  and the same  shall not  reduce  the
Carve-Out.

        (b) As to all real  property the title to which is held by the Borrower,
or the  possession  of  which  is held by the  Borrower  pursuant  to  leasehold
interest, the Borrower hereby assigns and conveys as security, grants a security
interest in,  hypothecates,  mortgages,  pledges and sets over unto the Agent on
behalf of the Banks all of the right,  title and interest of the Borrower in all
of such owned real  property and in all such  leasehold  interests,  together in
each case with all of the right,  title and  interest of the  Borrower in and to
all buildings, improvements, and fixtures related thereto, any lease or sublease
thereof,  all general intangibles relating thereto and all proceeds thereof. The
Borrower  acknowledges  that,  pursuant to the Orders, the Liens in favor of the
Agent  on  behalf  of the  Banks  in all of such  real  property  and  leasehold
instruments  shall be perfected  without the  recordation of any  instruments of
mortgage or assignment.  The Borrower  further agrees that,  upon the request of
the Agent, the Borrower shall enter into separate fee and leasehold mortgages in
recordable form with respect to such properties on terms reasonably satisfactory
to the Agent.

        SECTION  2.24 RIGHT OF  SET-OFF.  Subject to the  provisions  of Section
7.01,  upon the occurrence  and during the  continuance of any Event of Default,
the Agent and each Bank is hereby  authorized at any time and from time to time,
to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  law  and  without  further  order  of or
application to the Bankruptcy  Court,  to set off and apply any and all deposits
(general or special, time or demand,  provisional or final) at any time held and
other  indebtedness  at any time owing by the Agent and each such Bank to or for
the credit or the account of the Borrower or any  Guarantor  against any and all
of the obligations of such Borrower or Guarantor now or hereafter existing under
the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether or not such Bank shall have made any
demand under any Loan Document and although such  obligations  may be unmatured.
Each Bank and the Agent agrees  promptly to notify the  Borrower and  Guarantors
after any such set-off and application made by such Bank or by the Agent, as the
case may be,  PROVIDED that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the
validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of each Bank and the Agent
under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies  which such Bank
and the Agent may have upon the  occurrence  and during the  continuance  of any
Event of Default.

                                       35
<PAGE>

        SECTION 2.25 SECURITY INTEREST IN LETTER OF CREDIT ACCOUNT.  Pursuant to
Section  364(c)(2)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  the Borrower  hereby  assigns and
pledges to the Agent,  for its benefit and for the ratable benefit of the Banks,
and hereby  grant to the Agent,  for its benefit and for the ratable  benefit of
the Banks, a first priority  security  interest,  senior to all other Liens,  if
any, in all of the Borrower's right,  title and interest in and to the Letter of
Credit Account and any direct investment of the funds contained therein.

        SECTION  2.26  PAYMENT OF  OBLIGATIONS.  Upon the  maturity  (whether by
acceleration or otherwise) of any of the Obligations under this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents, the Banks shall be entitled to immediate payment of
such  Obligations  without  further  application  to or order of the  Bankruptcy
Court.

        SECTION 2.27 NO DISCHARGE;  SURVIVAL OF CLAIMS. The Borrower agrees that
(i) its  obligations  hereunder shall not be discharged by the entry of an order
confirming  the  Reorganization  Plan (and the  Borrower,  pursuant  to  Section
1141(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy  Code and upon entry of the Interim  Order,  hereby
waives any such discharge) and (ii) the Superpriority Claim granted to the Agent
and the Banks  pursuant to the Order and described in Section 2.23 and the Liens
granted to the Agent  pursuant to the Order and  described in Sections  2.23 and
2.25 shall not be affected in any manner by the entry of an order confirming the
Reorganization Plan.

SECTION 3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        In order to induce the Banks to make Loans and issue and/or  participate
in Letters of Credit hereunder,  the Borrower and each of the Guarantors jointly
and severally represent and warrant as follows:

        SECTION 3.01  ORGANIZATION  AND AUTHORITY.  Each of the Borrower and the
Guarantors (i) is a corporation  duly  organized and validly  existing under the
laws  of the  jurisdiction  of its  incorporation  or  organization  and is duly
qualified as a foreign  corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction
in which the failure to so qualify would have a material  adverse  effect on the
financial condition,  operations, business, properties or assets of the Borrower
and the Guarantors taken as a whole; (ii) has the requisite  corporate power and
authority to effect the transactions  contemplated hereby, and by the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party (subject to approval of the  Bankruptcy  Court,
in the case of the Borrower  with respect to matters not in the ordinary  course
of business);  and (iii) has all requisite corporate power and authority and the
legal right to own, pledge, mortgage and operate its properties,  and to conduct
its business as now or currently  proposed to be conducted  (subject to approval
of the Bankruptcy Court, in the case of the Borrower with respect to matters not
in the ordinary course of business).

        SECTION 3.02 DUE EXECUTION.  The execution,  delivery and performance by
each of the Borrower and the  Guarantors of each of the Loan  Documents to which
it is a party (i) are  within  the  respective  corporate  powers of each of the
Borrower  and  the  Guarantors,  have  been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary
corporate action,  including the consent of shareholders where required,


                                       36
<PAGE>

and do not (A)  contravene  the charter or by-laws of any of the Borrower or the
Guarantors,  (B) violate any law (including,  without limitation, the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) or regulation (including, without limitation,  Regulations
G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System),  or any
order or decree of any court or  governmental  instrumentality,  (C)  violate or
result in a breach of, or constitute a default  under,  any material  indenture,
mortgage or deed of trust (entered into after the Filing Date in the case of the
Borrower  and  whenever  entered  into  in the  case of the  Guarantors)  or any
material  lease,  agreement or other  instrument  (entered into after the Filing
Date in the case of the Borrower  and  whenever  entered into in the case of the
Guarantors)  binding  on  the  Borrower  or  the  Guarantors  or  any  of  their
properties,  or (D) result in or require the creation or  imposition of any Lien
upon any of the property of any of the Borrower or the Guarantors other than the
Liens granted pursuant to this Agreement;  and (iii) do not require the consent,
authorization by or approval of or notice to or filing or registration  with any
Governmental Authority other than (in the case of the Borrower) the entry of the
Orders.  This  Agreement  has been duly  executed  and  delivered by each of the
Borrower  and the  Guarantors.  This  Agreement  is,  and each of the other Loan
Documents  to which  the  Borrower  and each of the  Guarantors  is or will be a
party,  when  delivered  hereunder or  thereunder,  will be, a legal,  valid and
binding  obligation  of the  Borrower  and each  Guarantor,  as the case may be,
enforceable  against the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors,  as the case may be, in
accordance with its terms, subject (in the case of the Borrower) to the terms of
the Orders.

        SECTION 3.03 STATEMENTS MADE. The information that has been delivered in
writing  by  the  Borrower  or  any of the  Guarantors  to the  Agent  or to the
Bankruptcy  Court  in  connection  with  any Loan  Document,  and any  financial
statement  delivered  pursuant  hereto or thereto (other than to the extent that
any such statements constitute projections,  financial or otherwise), taken as a
whole  and in light of the  circumstances  in which  made,  contains  no  untrue
statement  of a  material  fact  and does  not  omit to  state a  material  fact
necessary to make such  statements not  misleading;  and, to the extent that any
such information constitutes projections, such projections were prepared in good
faith on the basis of assumptions, methods, data, tests and information believed
by the Borrower or such Guarantor to be reasonable at the time such  projections
were furnished.

        SECTION 3.04 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Borrower has furnished the Banks
with copies of (i) the audited consolidated financial statement and schedules of
the  Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  for the  fiscal  year  ended
December 29, 1996 and (ii) the unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements of
the Borrower and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  for the fiscal  quarter  ended
September  28, 1997.  Such  financial  statements  present  fairly the financial
condition  and  results  of  operations  of the  Borrower  and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis as of such  dates  and for such  periods
(excluding  the  effect of the  Judgment);  such  balance  sheets  and the notes
thereto disclose all liabilities,  direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its
consolidated  Subsidiaries  as of the dates thereof  required to be disclosed by
GAAP and such financial  statements  were prepared in a manner  consistent  with
GAAP, subject to normal year end adjustments.  No material adverse change in the
operations,  business,  properties, assets, prospects or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,
has  occurred  from  that  set  forth  in the  Borrower's  audited  consolidated
financial  statements for the year


                                       37
<PAGE>

ended  December  29,  1996,  other  than  (x)  the  Judgment,  (y)  those  which
customarily  occur and as a result of events  leading  up to and  following  the
commencement of a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and (z) the
commencement of the Case.

        SECTION 3.05 OWNERSHIP. Each of the Persons listed on Schedule 3.05 is a
wholly-owned,  direct or indirect  Subsidiary of the Borrower,  and the Borrower
owns no other  Subsidiaries,  whether directly or indirectly,  other than as set
forth on Schedule  3.05.  The  Borrower has no direct  Subsidiary  that is not a
Guarantor other than PTB Canada.

        SECTION  3.06  LIENS.  Except for Liens  existing  on the Filing Date as
reflected on Schedule 3.06,  there are no Liens of any nature  whatsoever on any
assets of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors other than: (i) Permitted Liens;
(ii) other Liens permitted  pursuant to Section 6.01 and (iii) Liens in favor of
the Agent and the Banks.  Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor is party to any
contract,  agreement,  lease or  instrument  the  performance  of which,  either
unconditionally or upon the happening of an event, will result in or require the
creation of a Lien on any assets of the  Borrower or any  Guarantor or otherwise
result in a  violation  of this  Agreement  other than the Liens  granted to the
Agent and the Banks as provided for in this Agreement.

        SECTION 3.07  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

        (a) (i) The operations of the Borrower and the Guarantors  comply in all
material respects with all applicable environmental,  health and safety statutes
and regulations,  including,  without limitation,  regulations promulgated under
the Resource  Conservation  and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C.  Sections 6901 ET SEQ.);
(ii) to the  Borrower's  and  each  of the  Guarantor's  knowledge,  none of the
operations  of the Borrower or the  Guarantors  is the subject of any Federal or
state investigation  evaluating whether any remedial action involving a material
expenditure  by the Borrower or any  Guarantor is needed to respond to a release
of any Hazardous Waste or Hazardous  Substance (as such terms are defined in any
applicable  state  or  Federal   environmental  law  or  regulations)  into  the
environment;  and (iii) to the Borrower's and each of the Guarantor's knowledge,
the Borrower and the Guarantors do not have any material contingent liability in
connection with any release of any Hazardous  Waste or Hazardous  Substance into
the environment.

        (b)  Neither  the  Borrower  nor any  Guarantor  is,  to the best of its
knowledge,  in  violation  of any law,  rule or  regulation,  or in default with
respect  to any  judgment,  writ,  injunction  or  decree  of  any  Governmental
Authority the violation of which, or a default with respect to which, would have
a material  adverse  effect on the financial  condition,  operations,  business,
properties or assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors taken as a whole (except
as otherwise determined by the Judgment).

        SECTION 3.08 INSURANCE.  All policies of insurance of any kind or nature
owned by or  issued  to the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors,  including,  without
limitation,  policies of life, fire, theft, product liability, public liability,
property  damage,  other casualty,  employee  fidelity,  workers'  compensation,
employee health and welfare,  title,  property and liability  insurance,  are in
full  force and


                                       38
<PAGE>

effect and are of a nature and provide such coverage as is sufficient  and as is
customarily  carried by companies of the size and  character of the Borrower and
the Guarantors.

        SECTION 3.09 THE ORDERS.  On the date of the making of the initial Loans
or the  issuance of the initial  Letters of Credit  hereunder,  whichever  first
occurs,  the Interim Order will have been entered and will not have been stayed,
amended,  vacated,  reversed or rescinded. On the date of the making of any Loan
or the issuance of any Letter of Credit,  the Interim  Order or the Final Order,
as the case may be,  shall have been  entered  and shall not have been  amended,
stayed, vacated or rescinded.  Upon the maturity (whether by the acceleration or
otherwise)  of any  of the  Obligations  hereunder  and  under  the  other  Loan
Documents,  the Banks  shall,  subject to the  provisions  of Section  7.01,  be
entitled to immediate payment of such  obligations,  and to enforce the remedies
provided  for  hereunder,  without  further  application  to  or  order  by  the
Bankruptcy Court.

        SECTION  3.10 USE OF  PROCEEDS.  The proceeds of the Loans shall be used
for working capital and for other general corporate purposes of the Borrower.

        SECTION 3.11 LITIGATION. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.11, there are
no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or
the Guarantors,  threatened  against or affecting the Borrower or the Guarantors
or  any of  their  respective  properties,  before  any  court  or  governmental
department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or
foreign,  which have a reasonable  possibility of being determined  adversely to
the Borrower or a Guarantor  and which,  if determined  adversely,  would have a
material  adverse  effect  on the  financial  condition,  business,  properties,
prospects,  operations or assets of the Borrower and the  Guarantors  taken as a
whole.

SECTION 4.     CONDITIONS OF LENDING

        SECTION 4.01  CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT TO INITIAL LOANS AND INITIAL LETTERS
OF CREDIT. The obligation of the Banks to make the initial Loans or the Fronting
Bank to issue the  initial  Letter of  Credit,  whichever  may occur  first,  is
subject to the following conditions precedent:

        (a)    SUPPORTING  DOCUMENTS. The Agent shall have  received for each of
the Borrower and the Guarantors:

                      (i) a copy of such entity's  certificate of incorporation,
               as amended,  certified  as of a recent date by the  Secretary  of
               State of the state of its incorporation;

                      (ii) a certificate of such Secretary of State, dated as of
               a recent  date,  as to the good  standing of and payment of taxes
               by, that entity and as to the  charter  documents  on file in the
               office of such Secretary of State; and

                      (iii)  a  certificate  of the  Secretary  or an  Assistant
               Secretary of that entity  dated the date of the initial  Loans or
               the initial Letter of Credit  hereunder,


                                       39
<PAGE>

               whichever first occurs, and certifying (A) that attached  thereto
               is a true and complete copy of the  by-laws of that  entity as in
               effect on  the  date of such  certification,  (B)  that  attached
               thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions adopted by the
               Board of Directors of that entity authorizing the Borrowings  and
               Letter of Credit  extensions  hereunder, the execution,  delivery
               and performance in accordance with their respective terms of this
               Agreement, the Loan Documents and any other documents required or
               contemplated  hereunder or  thereunder and  the  granting  of the
               security interest in the Letter of Credit Account and other Liens
               contemplated hereby, (C) that the certificate of incorporation of
               that  entity  has not been  amended  since the  date of  the last
               amendment  thereto indicated on  the certificate of the Secretary
               of State furnished pursuant to clause (i) above and (D) as to the
               incumbency  and specimen signature of each officer of that entity
               executing  this  Agreement and the Loan  Documents  or any  other
               document  delivered  by it in  connection  herewith or  therewith
               (such  certificate to contain a certification  by another officer
               of that entity  as to  the  incumbency   and   signature  of  the
               officer  signing  the  certificate  referred  to in  this  clause
               (iii)).

        (b) INTERIM ORDER.  At the time of the making of the initial Loans or at
the time of the  issuance  of the  initial  Letter of  Credit,  whichever  first
occurs, the Agent and the Banks shall have received a certified copy of an order
of the Bankruptcy Court in  substantially  the form of Exhibit A-1 (the "INTERIM
ORDER") approving the Loan Documents and granting the Superpriority Claim status
and Liens  described  in Section  2.23 which shall (i) have been entered upon an
application or motion of the Borrower  satisfactory in form and substance to the
Agent on such prior  notice to such  parties in  interest  in the Case as may in
each case be reasonably  satisfactory to the Agent, (ii) authorize extensions of
credit in an aggregate amount of up to $20,000,000, (iii) approve the payment by
the Borrower of all of the Fees set forth in Section 2.19, (iv) be in full force
and effect, and (v) not have been stayed,  reversed,  modified or amended in any
respect  and,  if the Interim  Order is the  subject of a pending  appeal in any
respect,  neither  the making of such Loans nor the  issuance  of such Letter of
Credit nor the  performance  by the Borrower or any of the  Guarantors of any of
their respective  obligations hereunder or under the Loan Documents or under any
other  instrument  or  agreement  referred  to herein  shall be the subject of a
presently effective stay pending appeal.

        (c) SECURITY  AND PLEDGE  AGREEMENTS;  PERFECTION.  The Borrower and the
Guarantors  shall have duly  executed and  delivered to the Agent a Security and
Pledge  Agreement in  substantially  the form of Exhibit B (as the same may from
time to time be amended,  modified or  supplemented,  the  "SECURITY  AND PLEDGE
AGREEMENT") and the Agent shall have received  evidence  satisfactory to it that
all actions that the Agent may  reasonably  deem necessary or desirable in order
to perfect and protect the Liens  created by the Security  and Pledge  Agreement
have been taken (including, without limitation, the delivery to the Agent of (1)
certificates  representing  the Pledged  Shares  referred to in the Security and
Pledge  Agreement,  accompanied by undated stock powers  executed in blank,  (2)
instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt (if any) referred to in the Security and
Pledge Agreement endorsed in blank and (3) financing statements  satisfactory in
form and  substance  to the  Agent  under  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code of all
jurisdictions that the Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect
and protect the Liens granted by the Security and Pledge Agreement.

                                       40
<PAGE>

        (d) FIRST DAY  ORDERS.  All of the "first day orders"  presented  to the
Bankruptcy  Court at or about the time of the  commencement of the Case shall be
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.

        (e)  OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE  BORROWER.  The Agent and the Banks shall
have received the favorable  written  opinion of counsel to the Borrower and the
Guarantors  reasonably  acceptable  to the Agent,  dated the date of the initial
Loans or the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit,  whichever  first occurs,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

        (f) PAYMENT OF FEES;  EXPENSE  DEPOSIT.  The Borrower shall have paid to
the Agent the then unpaid balance of all accrued and unpaid Fees then owed under
and pursuant to this Agreement and as referred to in Section 2.19 and shall have
deposited  with  the  Agent  the  sum of  $100,000  in  respect  of the  Agent's
out-of-pocket  fees and expenses  referred to in Section  10.05  (which  deposit
shall be in addition to the undertakings set forth in such Section).

        (g)  CORPORATE  AND JUDICIAL  PROCEEDINGS.  All  corporate  and judicial
proceedings   and  all   instruments  and  agreements  in  connection  with  the
transactions  among  the  Borrower,  the  Guarantors,  the  Agent  and the Banks
contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be reasonably  satisfactory  in form and
substance to the Agent,  and the Agent shall have received all  information  and
copies of all documents and papers,  including records of corporate and judicial
proceedings,  which  the  Agent  may have  reasonably  requested  in  connection
therewith, such documents and papers where appropriate to be certified by proper
corporate, governmental or judicial authorities.

        (h)  INFORMATION.   The  Agent  shall  have  received  such  information
(financial or otherwise) as may be reasonably requested by the Agent.

        (i) COMPLIANCE  WITH LAWS.  The Borrower and the  Guarantors  shall have
granted  the Agent  access to and the right to inspect all  reports,  audits and
other  internal  information  of the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors  relating to
environmental  matters,  and any third  party  verification  of certain  matters
relating to compliance with environmental laws and regulations  requested by the
Agent,  and the Agent shall be  reasonably  satisfied  that the Borrower and the
Guarantors  are in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with all  applicable
environmental   laws  and  regulations  and  be  satisfied  with  the  costs  of
maintaining such compliance.

        (j)  CLOSING  DOCUMENTS.  The Agent  shall  have  received  all  closing
documents  (including  security  documents  granting liens in favor of the Agent
contemplated hereby) required by this Agreement reasonably  satisfactory in form
and substance to the Agent.

        SECTION  4.02  CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT  TO EACH  LOAN AND EACH  LETTER  OF
CREDIT.  The  obligation of the Banks to make each Loan and of the Fronting Bank
to issue each  Letter of Credit,  including  the  initial  Loan and the  initial
Letter of Credit, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

                                       41
<PAGE>

        (a) NOTICE.  The Agent shall have received a notice with respect to such
borrowing or issuance, as the case may be, as required by Section 2.

        (b) REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES.  All representations and warranties
contained in this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents or otherwise  made in
writing in  connection  herewith or  therewith  shall be true and correct in all
material  respects on and as of the date of each  Borrowing  or the  issuance of
each  Letter of Credit  hereunder  with the same  effect as if made on and as of
such date except to the extent such  representations  and  warranties  expressly
relate to an earlier date.

        (c) NO DEFAULT.  On the date of each Borrowing hereunder or the issuance
of each Letter of Credit,  the Borrower and  Guarantors  shall be in  compliance
with all of the  terms  and  provisions  set  forth  herein  to be  observed  or
performed and no Event of Default or event which upon notice or lapse of time or
both would constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

        (d)  ORDERS.  The  Interim  Order  shall be in full force and effect and
shall not have been stayed, reversed, modified or amended in any respect without
the prior written consent of the Agent and the Required Banks, PROVIDED, that at
the time of the making of any Loan or the  issuance  of any Letter of Credit the
aggregate  amount of either of  which,  when  added to the sum of the  principal
amount of all Loans  then  outstanding  and the  Letter of Credit  Outstandings,
would  exceed  $20,000,000  in  the  aggregate  (collectively,  the  "ADDITIONAL
CREDIT"),  the Agent and each of the Banks shall have received a certified  copy
of an order of the  Bankruptcy  Court in  substantially  the form of Exhibit A-2
(the  "FINAL  Order"),  which,  in any  event,  shall  have been  entered by the
Bankruptcy Court no later than 30 days after the entry of the Interim Order, and
at the time of the extension of any  Additional  Credit the Final Order shall be
in full force and effect, and shall not have been stayed, reversed,  modified or
amended in any respect  without the prior  written  consent of the Agent and the
Required  Banks;  and if either  the  Interim  Order or the  Final  Order is the
subject of a pending appeal in any respect,  neither the making of the Loans nor
the issuance of any Letter of Credit nor the  performance by the Borrower or any
Guarantor of any of their respective obligations under any of the Loan Documents
shall be the subject of a presently effective stay pending appeal.

        (e)  ADDITIONAL  CREDIT.  At the time of the extension of any Additional
Credit (in addition to the requirements of Section 4.02(d)), and in any event no
later than 70 days after the entry of the  Interim  Order,  (i) the Agent  shall
have completed, and be satisfied in its sole judgment with the scope and results
of,  the  Agent's  due  diligence  investigation  of  the  business,   condition
(financial  and  otherwise),  operations,  assets and prospects of the Borrower,
(ii) the Agent  shall have  received  a report  with  respect to the  Borrower's
reporting and accounts  receivable systems prepared (at the Borrower's  expense)
by Chase's Specialized Due Diligence Group and such report shall be satisfactory
in form and substance to the Agent,  (iii) the Agent shall have received  UCC-11
and  other  lien  searches  with  respect  to the  Borrower  and each  guarantor
satisfactory  to the Agent (dated as of a date  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Agent);  and (iv) the Agent shall be satisfied in its sole  discretion  with the
definition  and  calculation  of the  Borrowing  Base (and there shall have been
executed and


                                       42
<PAGE>

delivered an amendment to this Agreement  satisfactory  in form and substance to
the Agent setting forth such definition).

        (f) PAYMENT OF FEES.  The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent the then
unpaid balance of all accrued and unpaid Fees then payable under and pursuant to
this Agreement and the letter referred to in Section 2.19.

        (g) BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE. The Agent shall have received the timely
delivery of the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate (dated no more than seven
(7) days  prior to the making of a Loan or the  issuance  of a Letter of Credit)
required to be delivered hereunder.

        (h) YEAR 2000.  The Agent shall be satisfied with the then status of the
Borrower's Year 2000 compliance program.

        (i) UCC-11  SEARCHES.  The Agent  shall have  received  UCC-11  searches
conducted in the jurisdictions in which the Borrower and the Guarantors  conduct
business (dated as of a date reasonably  satisfactory to the Agent),  reflecting
the  absence of Liens and  encumbrances  in the assets of the  Borrower  and the
Guarantors other than such Liens as may be satisfactory to the Agent.

The request by the  Borrower  for, and the  acceptance  by the Borrower of, each
extension  of  credit  hereunder  shall be  deemed  to be a  representation  and
warranty by the Borrower that the conditions specified in this Section have been
satisfied or waived at that time.

SECTION 5.     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

        From  the  date  hereof  and for so long as any  Commitment  shall be in
effect or any Letter of Credit  shall  remain  outstanding  (in a face amount in
excess of the  amount of cash then held in the Letter of Credit  Account,  or in
excess of the face amount of back-to-back  letters of credit delivered,  in each
case pursuant to Section  2.03(b)),  or any amount shall remain  outstanding  or
unpaid under this  Agreement,  the Borrower  and each of the  Guarantors  agrees
that, unless the Required Banks shall otherwise consent in writing, it will:

        SECTION  5.01  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS,  REPORTS,  ETC. In the case of the
Borrower and the Guarantors, deliver to the Agent and each of the Banks:

        (a) within 90 days after the end of each  fiscal  year,  the  Borrower's
consolidated and consolidating  balance sheets and related  statements of income
and  cash  flows,  showing  the  financial  condition  of the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated and  consolidating  basis as of the close of such
fiscal year and the results of their respective operations during such year, the
consolidated  statement  of the  Borrower to be audited for the Borrower and its
consolidated  Subsidiaries by Arthur Andersen LLP or by other independent public
accountants of recognized national standing acceptable to the Required Banks and
accompanied by an opinion of such  accountants  (which shall not be qualified in
any material respect other than with respect to the Case),


                                       43
<PAGE>

and the  consolidating  statement to be  subjected  to the  auditing  procedures
applied to such audit of the  consolidated  statement,  and to be certified by a
Financial Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such consolidated financial
statements  fairly present the financial  condition and results of operations of
the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis in accordance  with
GAAP consistently applied;

        (b)  within  45 days  after the end of each of the  first  three  fiscal
quarters and within 90 days after the end of the fourth  fiscal  quarter of each
fiscal year, the Borrower's  consolidated and  consolidating  balance sheets and
related statements of income and cash flows,  showing the financial condition of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and  consolidating  basis as
of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of their  operations  during
such  fiscal  quarter  and the then  elapsed  portion of the fiscal  year,  each
certified by a Financial  Officer as fairly  presenting the financial  condition
and results of operations of the Borrower and it  Subsidiaries on a consolidated
and consolidating basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to
normal year-end audit adjustments;

        (c) concurrently with any delivery of financial  statements under (a) or
(b) above, (i) a certificate of a Financial Officer,  certifying such statements
(A)  certifying  that no Event of Default or event which upon notice or lapse of
time or both would  constitute an Event of Default has occurred,  or, if such an
Event of Default or event has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof
and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and
(B) setting forth  computations in reasonable  detail  satisfactory to the Agent
demonstrating  compliance with the provisions of Sections 6.04 and 6.05 and (ii)
a  certificate  (which  certificate  may be limited to  accounting  matters  and
disclaim   responsibility  for  legal   interpretations)   of  such  accountants
accompanying the audited  consolidated  financial statements delivered under (a)
above certifying that, in the course of the regular audit of the business of the
Borrower and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries,  such accountants have obtained no
knowledge that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if, in the
opinion of such accountants, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
specifying the nature thereof and all relevant facts with respect thereto;

        (d) concurrently  within any delivery of financial  statements under (b)
above, monthly financial projections for the following six fiscal month period;

        (e) within 35 days of the end of each fiscal month  (commencing with the
fiscal month ending on or about January 30, 1998,  PROVIDED that the reports for
such fiscal month  required by this Section may be delivered  together  with the
reports for the fiscal month ending on March 1, 1998  required by this  Section)
the unaudited  monthly cash flow reports of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on
a  consolidated  basis as of the  close of such  fiscal  month  and for the then
elapsed  portion of the fiscal year,  together with the Borrower's  consolidated
and consolidating  balance sheets and related statements of income,  showing the
financial  condition of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries on a consolidated and
consolidating  basis as of the close of such  fiscal  month and the  results  of
their  operations  during such fiscal month and the then elapsed  portion of the
fiscal year,  all  certified  by a Financial  Officer as fairly  presenting  the
results of  operations  of the Borrower  and the  Guarantors  on


                                       44
<PAGE>

a consolidated  basis,  subject to normal year-end audit  adjustments,  PROVIDED
that  the  financial  statements  of  Changing  Paradigms,   Inc.  need  not  be
consolidated  with the Borrower's  financial  statements  more  frequently  than
quarterly;

        (f) as soon as  possible,  and in any event on or before April 30, 1998,
the Borrower's unaudited  consolidated and consolidating balance sheet as of the
Filing Date in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

        (g) as soon as practicable, any material modifications to the Borrower's
January 6, 1998 (11:32 p.m.) forecast heretofore furnished to the Agent;

        (h) promptly  after the same become  publicly  available,  copies of all
periodic and other reports,  proxy  statements and other  materials  filed by it
with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  or any  governmental  authority
succeeding  to any of or all the  functions  of  said  commission,  or with  any
national securities exchange, as the case may be;

        (i) as soon as  available  and in any event (A) within 30 days after the
Borrower  or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  knows or has  reason to know that any
Termination Event described in clause (i) of the definition of Termination Event
with respect to any Single Employer Plan of the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate
has  occurred  and (B)  within 10 days  after the  Borrower  or any of its ERISA
Affiliates  knows or has  reason to know that any other  Termination  Event with
respect to any such Plan has occurred, a statement of a Financial Officer of the
Borrower  describing such  Termination  Event and the action,  if any, which the
Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

        (j) promptly and in any event  within 10 days after  receipt  thereof by
the Borrower or any of its ERISA  Affiliates from the PBGC copies of each notice
received by the Borrower or any such ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC's  intention to
terminate any Single Employer Plan of the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate or to
have a trustee appointed to administer any such Plan;

        (k) promptly  and in any event  within 30 days after the filing  thereof
with  the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  copies  of each  Schedule  B  (Actuarial
Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) with respect to each Single
Employer Plan of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates;

        (l) within 10 days after  notice is given or required to be given to the
PBGC under Section  302(f)(4)(A)  of ERISA of the failure of the Borrower or any
of its ERISA  Affiliates  to make timely  payments to a Plan, a copy of any such
notice  filed and a statement  of a Financial  Officer of the  Borrower  setting
forth (A) sufficient  information  necessary to determine the amount of the lien
under  Section  302(f)(3),  (B) the reason for the failure to make the  required
payments  and (C) the  action,  if any,  which the  Borrower or any of its ERISA
Affiliates proposed to take with respect thereto;

        (m) promptly and in any event  within 10 days after  receipt  thereof by
the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor, a copy of
each notice received by the Borrower


                                       45
<PAGE>

or any ERISA Affiliate  concerning (A) the imposition of Withdrawal Liability by
a Multiemployer  Plan, (B) the determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is
expected to be, in  reorganization  within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (C)
the termination of a Multiemployer Plan within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA,
or (D) the  amount  of  liability  incurred,  or which may be  incurred,  by the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in connection with any event described in clause
(A), (B) or (C) above;

        (n) promptly,  from time to time, such other  information  regarding the
operations,  business  affairs and  financial  condition  of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request; and

        (o)  furnish  to the Agent and its  counsel  promptly  after the same is
available, copies of all pleadings, motions, applications, judicial information,
financial  information and other documents filed by or on behalf of the Borrower
with the  Bankruptcy  Court in the Case, or  distributed  by or on behalf of the
Borrower or any of the  Guarantors  to any official  committee  appointed in the
Case.

        SECTION 5.02 CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  Do or cause to be done and cause each
of the  Guarantors  to do or cause to be done all things  necessary to preserve,
renew and keep in full  force  and  effect  its  corporate  existence,  material
rights,  licenses,  permits and franchises  and comply in all material  respects
with all laws and regulations  applicable to it, PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  nothing in
this  provision  will restrict the  Guarantors  from entering into a transaction
permitted by Section 6.02.

        SECTION 5.03 INSURANCE. (a) Keep its insurable properties insured at all
times,  against such risks,  including  fire and other risks insured  against by
extended coverage, as is customary with companies of the same or similar size in
the same or similar  businesses;  and  maintain in full force and effect  public
liability  insurance  against  claims for  personal  injury or death or property
damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties
owned, occupied or controlled by the Borrower or any Guarantor,  as the case may
be, in such amounts and with such deductibles as are customary with companies of
the same or  similar  size in the  same or  similar  businesses  and in the same
geographic  area; and (b) maintain such other insurance or self insurance as may
be required by law.

        SECTION  5.04  OBLIGATIONS  AND TAXES.  With respect to the Borrower and
each Guarantor,  pay all its material obligations (arising after the Filing Date
in the case of the Borrower and whenever  arising in the case of the Guarantors)
promptly and in accordance  with their terms and pay and discharge  promptly all
material taxes,  assessments and governmental  charges or levies imposed upon it
or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property  (arising  after the
Filing Date in the case of the Borrower and whenever  arising in the case of the
Guarantors),  before the same shall  become in default,  as well as all material
lawful claims for labor,  materials and supplies or otherwise (arising after the
Filing Date in the case of the Borrower and whenever  arising in the case of the
Guarantors),  which,  if  unpaid,  might  become  a Lien  or  charge  upon  such
properties or any part thereof;  provided,  however,  that the Borrower and each
Guarantor  shall not be required to pay and discharge or to cause to be paid and
discharged any such obligation,  tax, assessment,  charge, levy or


                                       46
<PAGE>

claim so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith
by appropriate  proceedings  (if the Borrower and the Guarantors  shall have set
aside on their books adequate reserves  therefor).  For purposes of this Section
5.04, "MATERIAL OBLIGATIONS" means obligations, the breach of which would have a
material  adverse effect on the business or financial  condition of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

        SECTION 5.05 NOTICE OF EVENT OF DEFAULT, ETC. Promptly give to the Agent
notice in  writing of any Event of  Default  or the  occurrence  of any event or
circumstance  which  with the  passage of time or giving of notice or both would
constitute an Event of Default.

        SECTION  5.06  ACCESS  TO BOOKS  AND  RECORDS.  Maintain  or cause to be
maintained  at all times true and  complete  books and records of the  financial
operations  of the  Borrower and the  Guarantors;  and provide the Agent and its
representatives  access to all such books and records  during  regular  business
hours,  in order that the Agent may examine and make  abstracts from such books,
accounts,  records and other papers for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of
the various reports  delivered by the Borrower or the Guarantors to the Agent or
the Banks  pursuant to this Agreement or for otherwise  ascertaining  compliance
with this  Agreement;  and at any  reasonable  time and from time to time during
regular business hours, upon reasonable notice,  permit the Agent and any agents
or representatives (including, without limitation,  appraisers) thereof to visit
the properties of the Borrower and the Guarantors and to conduct examinations of
and to monitor the Collateral held by the Agent.

        SECTION  5.07  BUSINESS  PLAN.  No later than 90 days after the  Closing
Date,  furnish  to the  Agent  the  Borrower's  business  plan  which  shall  be
satisfactory  in form and substance to the Agent,  and make its senior  officers
available  to  discuss  the same  with the  Agent  upon the  Agent's  reasonable
request.

        SECTION 5.08  MAINTENANCE OF  CONCENTRATION  ACCOUNTS.  By no later than
March 30,  1998,  the  Borrower  shall have  established,  and shall  thereafter
maintain,  with the Agent an account or accounts  to be used by the  Borrower as
its principal concentration account or accounts, and the Borrower shall transfer
to such  concentration  account or accounts  funds  maintained  in its operating
accounts at such times and in such amounts as may be  satisfactory  to the Agent
(and,  in  connection  therewith,  shall  use  reasonable  efforts  to cause the
financial  institutions with which it maintains  depository  accounts to execute
and deliver such blocked account agreements as may be reasonably satisfactory to
the Agent).

        SECTION  5.09  APPRAISALS.  Deliver to the Agent,  no later than 90 days
after the Filing Date,  appraisals of all of the real  property  owned in fee by
the  Borrower  prepared  by a member of the  American  Institute  of Real Estate
Appraisers,  all of such  appraisals to be satisfactory in form and substance to
the Agent.

        SECTION 5.10 BORROWING BASE  CERTIFICATE.  Furnish,  commencing on March
23, 1998, a Borrowing Base Certificate to the Agent (x) during the period within
which clause (i) of the


                                       47
<PAGE>

definition of the term "Borrowing Base" is applicable,  as soon as available and
in any event on or  before  Wednesday  of each  week for the week  ending on the
immediately  preceding Friday, and (y) as soon as available and in any event (a)
on or before  Wednesday of each week a Borrowing Base  Certificate  for the last
day of the  immediately  preceding  week and (b) within 15 days after the end of
each fiscal month a Borrowing Base Certificate  showing the Borrowing Base as of
the  close  of  business  on the  last  day of  such  fiscal  month,  each  such
certificate to be certified as complete and correct on behalf of the Borrower by
a Financial Officer of the Borrower, and (c) such other supporting documentation
and additional  reports with respect to the Borrowing Base that are satisfactory
to the Agent.

        SECTION 5.11  AUDITS.

        (a) At any time  upon the  request  of the Agent or the  Required  Banks
through the Agent,  permit the Agent or  professionals  (including  consultants,
accountants  and  appraisers)  retained by the Agent to conduct  evaluations and
appraisals of (i) the Borrower's  practices in the  computation of the Borrowing
Base and (ii) the assets  included in the Borrowing Base, and pay the reasonable
fees and expenses in connection therewith  (including,  without limitation,  the
fees and expenses  associated with services  performed by the Agent's Collateral
Monitoring Department).

        (b) In connection  with any  evaluation  and  appraisal  relating to the
computation of the Borrowing Base,  agree to maintain such  additional  reserves
(for purposes of computing the Borrowing  Base) in respect of Eligible  Accounts
Receivable  and  Eligible  Inventory  and make  such  other  adjustments  to its
parameters for including Eligible Accounts  Receivable and Eligible Inventory in
the Borrowing Base as the Agent shall require.

SECTION 6.     NEGATIVE COVENANTS

        From  the  date  hereof  and for so long as any  Commitment  shall be in
effect or any Letter of Credit  shall  remain  outstanding  (in a face amount in
excess of the  amount of cash then held in the Letter of Credit  Account,  or in
excess of the face amount of back-to-back  letters of credit delivered,  in each
case  pursuant to Section  2.03(b)) or any amount  shall remain  outstanding  or
unpaid under this Agreement,  unless the Required Banks shall otherwise  consent
in writing,  the Borrower and each of the Guarantors  will not (and will not, in
the case of the Borrower, apply to the Bankruptcy Court for authority to):

        SECTION 6.01 LIENS. Incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
any asset of the Borrower or the Guarantors,  now owned or hereafter acquired by
the Borrower or any of such Guarantors, other than (i) Liens which were existing
on the Filing Date as  reflected  on Schedule  3.06 hereto and,  with respect to
Liens  existing  on  the  property  of  the  Guarantors,  extensions,  renewals,
refinancings  or  replacements   thereof,   provided,   however,  that  no  such
extensions,  renewals,  refinancings or replacements will extend to or cover any
property not theretofore subject to the Lien being extended, renewed, refinanced
or replaced;  (ii)  Permitted  Liens;  (iii) Liens in favor of the Agent and the
Banks;  (iv) Liens  securing  purchase money  Indebtedness  permitted by Section
6.03(iii); (v)


                                       48
<PAGE>

other Liens  arising in the  ordinary  course of  business  upon or on any other
assets of the Borrower or the Guarantors  securing  obligations  (other than for
borrowed  money)  in an  aggregate  amount  not to exceed  $500,000  at any time
outstanding;  and (vi) with respect to the Guarantors,  Environmental  Liens and
Liens imposed by ERISA that are not material to the Guarantors.

        SECTION  6.02 MERGER,  ETC.  Merge with or into or  consolidate  with or
into, or convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or
in a series of  related  transactions)  all or  substantially  all of its assets
(whether  now owned or  hereafter  acquired)  to, any  Person,  except  that any
Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or transfer all or substantially  all of
its assets to any other Guarantor.

        SECTION 6.03 INDEBTEDNESS.  Contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness,  except for (i) Indebtedness under this Agreement,  (ii)
Indebtedness  incurred prior to the Filing Date (including existing  Capitalized
Leases) and (in the case of the Guarantors) renewals, extensions,  modifications
or refinancings of such  Indebtedness  that do not increase the principal amount
thereof,  (iii) Indebtedness  incurred  subsequent to the Filing Date secured by
purchase money Liens and Capitalized Leases in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$500,000,  (iv) Indebtedness  owed to Chase or any of its banking  Affiliates in
respect  of any  overdrafts  and  related  liabilities  arising  from  treasury,
depository  and cash  management  services or in  connection  with any automated
clearing house transfers of funds,  (v) guarantees  permitted under Section 6.06
and (vi)  Indebtedness  of the  Guarantors  to the Borrower  resulting  from the
making by the Borrower of  Investments  that are  permitted by clauses (iii) and
(v) of Section 6.10.

        SECTION 6.04 CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.

        (a) Make Capital  Expenditures  during each period beginning on December
29, 1997 and ending on each of the dates listed below in an aggregate  amount in
excess of the amount specified opposite such date:

                             DATE                         AMOUNT

                             March 29, 1998                $12,000,000
                             June 28, 1998                  22,000,000
                             September 27, 1998             31,000,000
                             December 27, 1998              39,000,000

        (b) Make Capital  Expenditures  in an aggregate  amount in excess of (x)
$41,000,000  during the four  fiscal  quarters  ending on March 28,  1999 or (y)
$34,000,000 during the four fiscal quarters ending on June 27, 1999.

                                       49
<PAGE>

        SECTION 6.05  EBITDA.

        (a) Permit  cumulative  EBITDA for each period beginning on December 29,
1997 and  ending on each of the dates  listed  below to be less than the  amount
specified opposite such date:

                             DATE                         EBITDA

                             February 1, 1998             $ 3,191,000
                             March 1, 1998                  5,678,000
                             March 29, 1998                 8,096,000
                             May 3, 1998                   11,215,000
                             May 31, 1998                  13,101,000
                             June 28, 1998                 14,932,000
                             August 2, 1998                18,322,000
                             August 30,1998                20,581,000
                             September 27, 1998            22,666,000
                             November 1, 1998              26,465,000
                             November 29, 1998             28,986,000
                             December 27,1998              32,007,000

        (b) Permit cumulative  EBITDA for each twelve-month  period ending on or
about  each of the  dates  listed  below to be less  than the  amount  specified
opposite such date:

                             DATE                         EBITDA

                             January 31, 1999             $32,815,000
                             February 28, 1999             33,089,000
                             March 28, 1999                33,638,000
                             May 2, 1999                   34,428,000
                             May 30, 1999                  35,081,000
                             June 27, 1999                 36,272,000

        SECTION 6.06  GUARANTEES AND OTHER  LIABILITIES.  Purchase or repurchase
(or agree,  contingently or otherwise, so to do) the Indebtedness of, or assume,
guarantee  (directly  or  indirectly  or by an  instrument  having the effect of
assuring  another's payment or performance of any obligation or capability of so
doing,  or  otherwise),   endorse  or  otherwise  become  liable,   directly  or
indirectly,  in  connection  with the  obligations,  stock or  dividends  of any
Person,  except (i) for any guaranty of Indebtedness or other obligations of the
Borrower  or any  Guarantor  if the  Person  issuing  such  guaranty  could have
incurred  such  Indebtedness  or  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  (ii)  by
endorsement of negotiable  instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary
course of business  and (iii) as  contemplated  by the Section  6.09  Agreements
hereinafter  referred to (but subject to the  International  Basket  hereinafter
referred to insofar as the Borrower is concerned).

                                       50
<PAGE>

        SECTION 6.07 CHAPTER 11 CLAIMS.  Incur, create,  assume, suffer to exist
or permit any other  Super-Priority  Claim which is PARI PASSU with or senior to
the claims of the Agent and the Banks hereunder, except for the Carve-Out.

        SECTION  6.08  DIVIDENDS;  CAPITAL  STOCK.  Declare or pay,  directly or
indirectly,  any dividends or make any other distribution or payment, whether in
cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to (whether by
reduction  of capital or  otherwise)  any  shares of its  capital  stock (or any
options,  warrants,  rights or other equity securities or agreements relating to
any of its  capital  stock),  or set apart any sum for the  aforesaid  purposes,
PROVIDED   that  any  Guarantor  may  pay  dividends  or  make  any  other  such
distribution or payments to the Borrower.

        SECTION  6.09  TRANSACTIONS  WITH  AFFILIATES.  Except  as set  forth on
Schedule  6.09 with respect to various  agreements to which the Borrower and PTB
International are parties (the "SECTION 6.09 AGREEMENTS"),  sell or transfer any
property or assets to, or otherwise engage in any other  transactions  with, any
of its  Affiliates,  other than in the ordinary course of business at prices and
on terms and  conditions  not less  favorable to the Borrower or such  Guarantor
than could be obtained on an  arm's-length  basis from unrelated  third parties,
PROVIDED  that,  notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth on Schedule
6.09, the sum of the aggregate amount of all  expenditures  that are made by the
Borrower  after the date hereof in connection  with the Section 6.09  Agreements
PLUS the fair market  value of all assets that are  transferred  by the Borrower
after the date hereof in connection with the Section 6.09 Agreements  (such sum,
the "SECTION 6.09 AMOUNT"),  when added to the aggregate principal amount of all
loans and advances that are made by the Borrower to PTB International  after the
date hereof,  shall not exceed the International Basket (as hereinafter defined)
at any time.  As used  herein,  the term  "INTERNATIONAL  BASKET"  shall  mean a
cumulative amount that is equal to the sum of (w) all of the cash dividends that
are received by the Borrower  after the date hereof from PTB  International  and
PTB Canada PLUS (x) all amounts  received by the Borrower  after the date hereof
on account of  receivables  referred to in  paragraph  4 of Schedule  6.10 or on
account  of  other  receivables  from  any of  the  Persons  referred  to in the
attachment  to such  Schedule PLUS (y) the net proceeds that are received by the
Borrower after January 6, 1998 from  dispositions of property that are permitted
under Section 6.11(ii) PLUS (z) $5,500,000  during the period  commencing on the
date hereof and ending on December  27,  1998 and  $8,500,000  during the period
commencing  on the date hereof and ending on the Maturity  Date,  PROVIDED  that
notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained  in this  definition,  the
International  Basket shall not exceed  $14,750,000 from the date hereof through
December  27, 1998 and  $17,750,000  from the date hereof  through the  Maturity
Date.

        SECTION 6.10 INVESTMENTS,  LOANS AND ADVANCES. Purchase, hold or acquire
any capital stock,  evidences of  indebtedness  or other  securities of, make or
permit  to exist  any  loans or  advances  to,  or make or  permit  to exist any
investment  in, any other Person (all of the foregoing,  "INVESTMENTS"),  except
for (i) ownership by the Borrower or the Guarantors of the capital stock of each
of the Subsidiaries  listed on Schedule 3.05 and other  Investments set forth on
Schedule 6.10, (ii) Permitted  Investments,  (iii) short-term loans and advances
to the  Guarantors  for the  payment  of  ordinary  course  expenses  in amounts
satisfactory to the Agent, (iv) Investments by PTB International


                                       51
<PAGE>

after the date hereof that are  contemplated  by the Section 6.09 Agreements and
that are  funded  by PTB  International's  own  cash  flow  (including,  without
limitation,  dividends and distributions  received by PTB International) and (v)
loans and  advances by the Borrower to PTB  International  after the date hereof
and the  expenditure by the Borrower of Section 6.09 Amounts,  PROVIDED that the
aggregate principal amount of such loans and advances to PTB International, when
added to the  Section  6.09  Amounts  expended  by the  Borrower  after the date
hereof, shall not exceed the International Basket at any time.

        SECTION 6.11  DISPOSITION  OF ASSETS.  Sell or otherwise  dispose of any
assets  (including,  without  limitation,  the capital stock of any  Subsidiary)
except for (i) sales of inventory, fixtures and equipment in the ordinary course
of business,  (ii)  dispositions of other properties no longer used or useful in
the  business  of the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors,  PROVIDED  that  all  such
dispositions  shall be for fair  market  value  and  PROVIDED  FURTHER  that the
aggregate fair market value of all such other  properties  disposed of shall not
exceed   $12,000,000  from  the  date  hereof  through  December  27,  1998  and
$18,000,000  from the date  hereof  through  the  Maturity  Date,  and  (iii) as
contemplated by the Section 6.09  Agreements  (but subject to the  International
Basket insofar as the Borrower is concerned).

        SECTION 6.12 NATURE OF BUSINESS. In the case of the Borrower,  modify or
alter in any material manner the nature and type of its business as conducted at
or prior to the Filing Date or the manner in which such  business  is  conducted
(except as required by the Bankruptcy Code).

SECTION 7.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        SECTION 7.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  In the case of the  happening of any of
the following events and the continuance thereof beyond the applicable period of
grace if any (each, an "EVENT OF DEFAULT"):

        (a) any material  representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any
Guarantor in this  Agreement or in any Loan Document or in connection  with this
Agreement  or the credit  extensions  hereunder  or any  material  statement  or
representation  made in any report,  financial  statement,  certificate or other
document  furnished  by the  Borrower or any  Guarantor to the Banks under or in
connection with this Agreement,  shall prove to have been false or misleading in
any material respect when made or delivered; or

        (b) default  shall be made in the payment of any (i) Fees or interest on
the Loans when due, and such default shall continue unremedied for more than two
(2) Business Days or (ii) principal of the Loans or other amounts payable by the
Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation,  reimbursement obligations or
cash  collateralization  in respect of Letters of Credit),  when and as the same
shall become due and payable,  whether at the due date  thereof  (including  the
Prepayment  Date) or at a date fixed for prepayment  thereof or by  acceleration
thereof or otherwise; or

                                       52
<PAGE>

        (c) default  shall be made by the  Borrower or any  Guarantor in the due
observance or performance of any covenant,  condition or agreement  contained in
Section 6 hereof; or

        (d) default  shall be made by the  Borrower or any  Guarantor in the due
observance or  performance of any other  covenant,  condition or agreement to be
observed  or  performed  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement  or any of the
other Loan  Documents and such default shall  continue  unremedied for more than
ten (10) days  (PROVIDED  that such period shall be three  Business  Days in the
case of Section 5.10) ; or

        (e) the Case shall be dismissed  or converted to a case under  Chapter 7
of the Bankruptcy  Code; a trustee under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code shall
be appointed  in the Case and the order  appointing  such  trustee  shall not be
reversed or vacated  within 30 days after the entry  thereof;  or an application
shall be filed by the  Borrower  for the  approval  of any other  Super-Priority
Claim (other than the  Carve-Out) in the Case which is PARI PASSU with or senior
to the claims of the Agent and the Banks  against  the  Borrower  hereunder,  or
there  shall  arise or be granted  any such PARI PASSU or senior  Super-Priority
Claim; or

        (f) the  Bankruptcy  Court  shall (A) enter an order or orders  granting
relief from the automatic  stay  applicable  under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy
Code to (x) the holder or holders of any security interest to permit foreclosure
(or the granting of a deed in lieu of  foreclosure or the like) on any assets of
the  Borrower  which have a value in excess of $500,000 in the  aggregate or (y)
the  holder  of any  judgment  against  the  Borrower  in an amount in excess of
$500,000 to permit  enforcement  thereof to attach,  execute or take any similar
action on or against any property of the  Borrower to satisfy  such  judgment or
(B) grant injunctive relief against the Borrower in respect of the Judgment that
(1) materially (in the exercise of the Agent's  reasonable  judgment)  modifies,
impairs or curtails the Borrower's  ability to continue to manufacture  and sell
products  using the patents that were  determined by the Judgment to infringe on
patents held by The Procter and Gamble  Company ("P AND G") in  accordance  with
the terms of that certain Agreement  Concerning  Product  Conversion Period that
was  executed by the  Borrower on August 28, 1997 and by P and G on September 4,
1997 (the "CONVERSION  AGREEMENT") or (2) after the expiration of the Conversion
Period (as defined in the Conversion  Agreement in accordance  with the terms of
the Conversion Agreement), (i) causes a material adverse change in the financial
condition, business, prospects, operations or assets of the Borrower or (ii) has
a  material  adverse  effect on the  ability  of the  Borrower  to  perform  its
obligations under any Loan Document; or

        (g) an  involuntary  proceeding  shall be  commenced  or an  involuntary
petition shall be filed seeking (i) relief in respect of PTB  International,  or
of a substantial  part of its property or assets,  under the Bankruptcy  Code or
any other Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership or similar law,
(ii)  the  appointment  of  a  receiver,   trustee,   custodian,   sequestrator,
conservator or similar official for PTB  International or for a substantial part
of its  property  or  assets  or (iii)  the  winding-up  or  liquidation  of PTB
International;  and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for a
period  of 30 days or an  order  or  decree  approving  or  ordering  any of the
foregoing shall be entered; or

                                       53
<PAGE>

        (h) PTB International  shall (i) voluntarily  commence any proceeding or
file any petition  seeking relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal
or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to
the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate  manner,  any
proceeding or the filing of any petition  described in  subparagraph  (g) above,
(iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator,  conservator or similar  official for it or for a substantial part
of  its  property  or  assets,  (iv)  file  an  answer  admitting  the  material
allegations  of a petition filed against it in any such  proceeding,  (v) make a
general  assignment for the benefit of creditors,  (vi) become unable,  admit in
writing its  inability or fail  generally to pay its debts as they become due or
(vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

        (i) any Person or group (as defined in the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934,  as amended)  shall  acquire for the first time the  ownership  of, or the
direct or indirect power to vote, more than 30% of the issued outstanding voting
stock of the Borrower; or

        (j) any action  shall be taken to enforce the  guaranty of PTB Canada of
the Borrower's  pre-petition bank debt and shall remain unstayed for a period in
excess of 10 Business Days;

        (k) any material  provision of any Loan Document shall,  for any reason,
cease to be valid and binding on the Borrower or any of the  Guarantors,  or the
Borrower or any of the  Guarantors  shall so assert in any pleading filed in any
court; or

        (l) an order of the  Bankruptcy  Court  shall be  entered  appointing  a
responsible  officer  or an  examiner  with  enlarged  powers  relating  to  the
operation of the business  (powers beyond those set forth in Section  1106(a)(3)
and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code) under Section 1106(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and
such  order  shall not be  reversed  or  vacated  within 30 days after the entry
thereof; or

        (m) an  order  of the  Bankruptcy  Court  shall  be  entered  reversing,
amending, supplementing,  staying for a period in excess of 10 days, vacating or
otherwise  modifying  either of the Orders (without the prior written consent of
the Agent and the Required Banks); or

        (n) any  judgment or order as to a liability  or debt for the payment of
money  (arising  after the Filing Date in the case of the  Borrower and whenever
arising in the case of the  Guarantors)  in excess of $500,000 shall be rendered
against the Borrower or any of the Guarantors and the enforcement  thereof shall
not have been stayed  (excluding  the  Judgment and any further  proceedings  in
relation thereto but subject to the provisions of subparagraph (f) above); or

        (o) any  non-monetary  judgment or order with respect to a post-petition
event shall be rendered against the Borrower,  or any  non-monetary  judgment or
order  shall be  rendered  against  any of the  Guarantors,  which does or would
reasonably be expected to (i) cause a material  adverse  change in the financial
condition,  business,  prospects,  operations  or assets of the Borrower and the


                                       54
<PAGE>

Guarantors  taken as a whole  on a  consolidated  basis,  (ii)  have a  material
adverse  effect on the  ability  of the  Borrower  or any of the  Guarantors  to
perform their respective  obligations  under any Loan Document,  or (iii) have a
material  adverse  effect on the  rights and  remedies  of the Agent or any Bank
under any Loan Document,  and there shall be any period of 10  consecutive  days
during which a stay of  enforcement  of such  judgment or order,  by reason of a
pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

        (p) the  Borrower  shall  make any  Pre-Petition  Payment  other than as
permitted by orders of the Bankruptcy Court reasonably  satisfactory in form and
substance to the Agent referred to in Section 4.01(d) or as otherwise  agreed to
by the Agent; or

        (q) any  Termination  Event  described  in  clause  (iii) or (iv) of the
definition of such term shall have occurred and shall  continue  unremedied  for
more than 10 days and the sum  (determined  as of the date of occurrence of such
Termination  Event) of the  Insufficiency  of the Plan in  respect of which such
Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing and the Insufficiency of
any and  all  other  Plans  with  respect  to  which  such a  Termination  Event
(described  in such clause (iii) or (iv)) shall have  occurred and then exist is
equal to or greater than $500,000; or

        (R) (i) the  Borrower  or any ERISA  Affiliate  thereof  shall have been
notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred  Withdrawal
Liability to such Multiemployer  Plan, (ii) the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate
does not have reasonable grounds to contest such Withdrawal Liability and is not
in fact contesting such Withdrawal Liability in a timely and appropriate manner,
and (iii) the amount of such Withdrawal Liability specified in such notice, when
aggregated with all other amounts required to be paid to Multiemployer  Plans in
connection  with  Withdrawal  Liabilities  (determined  as of the  date  of such
notification),  exceeds  $500,000 or requires  payments  exceeding  $500,000 per
annum in excess of the annual  payments made with respect to such  MultiEmployer
Plans by the  Borrower  or such ERISA  Affiliate  for the plan year  immediately
preceding the plan year in which such notification is received; or

        (s) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate thereof shall have been notified
by the  sponsor  of a  Multiemployer  Plan  that such  Multiemployer  Plan is in
reorganization or is being terminated,  within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA,
if as a result  of such  reorganization  or  termination  the  aggregate  annual
contributions  of the Borrower  and its ERISA  Affiliates  to all  Multiemployer
Plans that are then in  reorganization  or being terminated have been or will be
increased over the amounts  contributed to such Multiemployer Plans for the plan
years that include the date hereof by an amount exceeding $500,000; or

        (t) the Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate  shall have committed a failure
described  in Section  302(f)(1)  of ERISA  (other  than the failure to make any
contribution accrued and unpaid as of the Filing Date) and the amount determined
under Section 302(f)(3) of ERISA is equal to or greater than $500,000; or

                                       55
<PAGE>

        (u) it shall be determined  (whether by the  Bankruptcy  Court or by any
other  judicial or  administrative  forum) that the Borrower or any Guarantor is
liable for the  payment of claims  arising  out of any  failure to comply (or to
have complied) with applicable  environmental laws or regulations the payment of
which will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition,  business,
properties,  operations or assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a
whole;

then, and in every such event and at any time thereafter  during the continuance
of such event,  and without  further order of or  application  to the Bankruptcy
Court, the Agent may, and at the request of the Required Banks, shall, by notice
to the Borrower  (with a copy to counsel for the Official  Creditors'  Committee
appointed  in the Case,  to  counsel  for the agent  and the  lenders  under the
Borrower's  Amended and Restated  Credit  Agreement dated as of February 6, 1996
and to the United States Trustee for the Northern District of Georgia), take one
or more of the following actions, at the same or different times (PROVIDED, that
with  respect to clause  (iv) below  insofar as  accounts  of the  Borrower  are
concerned and the  enforcement  of Liens against the Borrower or other  remedies
with respect to the Collateral  provided by the Borrower under clause (v) below,
the Agent shall  provide the  Borrower  (with a copy to counsel for the Official
Creditors'  Committee  appointed  in the Case,  to counsel for the agent and the
lenders under the Borrower's  Amended and Restated Credit  Agreement dated as of
February 6, 1996 and to the United States  Trustee for the Northern  District of
Georgia) with five (5) Business  Days' written notice prior to taking the action
contemplated thereby and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that upon receipt of notice referred
to in the immediately  preceding clause with respect to the accounts referred to
in clause  (iv)  below,  the  Borrower  may  continue  to make  ordinary  course
disbursements  from such accounts  (other than the Letter of Credit Account) but
may not  withdraw  or  disburse  any  other  amounts  from such  accounts):  (i)
terminate   forthwith  the  Total  Commitment;   (ii)  declare  the  Loans  then
outstanding  to be forthwith  due and payable,  whereupon  the  principal of the
Loans together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all
other  liabilities  of the Borrower  accrued  hereunder and under any other Loan
Document, shall become forthwith due and payable,  without presentment,  demand,
protest  or any  other  notice of any kind,  all of which are  hereby  expressly
waived by the Borrower and the Guarantors,  anything  contained herein or in any
other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding;  (iii) require the Borrower
and the  Guarantors  upon  demand to  forthwith  deposit in the Letter of Credit
Account  cash in an amount  which,  together  with any amounts  then held in the
Letter of Credit  Account,  is equal to the sum of 105% of the then  outstanding
Letters of Credit and to the extent the Borrower and the  Guarantors  shall fail
to furnish such funds as demanded by the Agent, the Agent shall be authorized to
debit the accounts of the Borrower and the Guarantors  maintained with the Agent
in such  amount;  (iv)  set-off  amounts in the Letter of Credit  Account or any
other  accounts  maintained  with  the  Agent  and  apply  such  amounts  to the
obligations of the Borrower and the  Guarantors  hereunder and in the other Loan
Documents;  and (v)  exercise  any and all  remedies  under  the Loan  Documents
(including,  without  limitation,  with  respect  to the  Collateral)  and under
applicable law available to the Agent and the Banks.

                                       56
<PAGE>

SECTION 8.     THE AGENT

        SECTION 8.01 ADMINISTRATION BY AGENT. The general  administration of the
Loan Documents shall be by the Agent.  Each Bank hereby  irrevocably  authorizes
the Agent,  at its  discretion,  to take or refrain  from taking such actions as
agent on its behalf and to exercise or refrain from exercising such powers under
the  Loan  Documents  as are  delegated  by the  terms  hereof  or  thereof,  as
appropriate,  together with all powers reasonably  incidental thereto (including
the release of Collateral in connection with any  transaction  that is expressly
permitted  by  the  Loan   Documents).   The  Agent  shall  have  no  duties  or
responsibilities  except as set forth in this  Agreement and the remaining  Loan
Documents.

        SECTION 8.02  ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS

        (a) On the date of each Loan,  the Agent  shall be  authorized  (but not
obligated) to advance,  for the account of each of the Banks,  the amount of the
Loan to be made by it in accordance  with its Commitment  hereunder.  Should the
Agent do so,  each of the  Banks  agrees  forthwith  to  reimburse  the Agent in
immediately  available  funds for the  amount so  advanced  on its behalf by the
Agent,  together  with interest at the Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate if not so
reimbursed  on the date due from and  including  such date but not including the
date of reimbursement.

        (b) Any amounts  received by the Agent in connection with this Agreement
(other than  amounts to which the Agent is entitled  pursuant to Sections  2.19,
8.06, 10.05 and 10.06),  the application of which is not otherwise  provided for
in this  Agreement  shall be  applied,  FIRST,  in  accordance  with each Bank's
Commitment  Percentage  to pay accrued but unpaid  Commitment  Fees or Letter of
Credit Fees, and SECOND, in accordance with each Bank's Commitment Percentage to
pay accrued but unpaid  interest and the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
Loans and all unreimbursed Letter of Credit drawings.  All amounts to be paid to
a Bank by the Agent  shall be  credited to that Bank,  after  collection  by the
Agent, in immediately available funds either by wire transfer or deposit in that
Bank's  correspondent  account with the Agent,  as such Bank and the Agent shall
from time to time agree.

        SECTION  8.03  SHARING OF  SETOFFS.  Each Bank  agrees that if it shall,
through the exercise of a right of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim against
the Borrower or any  Guarantor,  including,  but not limited to, a secured claim
under Section 506 of the Bankruptcy  Code or other security or interest  arising
from,  or in lieu of,  such  secured  claim and  received by such Bank under any
applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other  similar law, or otherwise,  obtain
payment in  respect of its Loans as a result of which the unpaid  portion of its
Loans is proportionately  less than the unpaid portion of the Loans of any other
Bank  (a) it  shall  promptly  purchase  at par (and  shall  be  deemed  to have
thereupon  purchased) from such other Bank a participation  in the Loans of such
other Bank, so that the aggregate  unpaid  principal amount of each Bank's Loans
and  its  participation  in  Loans  of the  other  Banks  shall  be in the  same
proportion  to  the  aggregate   unpaid  principal  amount  of  all  Loans  then
outstanding as the principal  amount of its Loans prior to the obtaining of such
payment  was to the  principal  amount  of all  Loans  outstanding  prior to the
obtaining of such payment and (b) such


                                       57
<PAGE>

other  adjustments  shall be made  from  time to time as shall be  equitable  to
ensure that the Banks share such  payment  pro-rata,  provided  that if any such
non-pro-rata  payment  is  thereafter  recovered  or  otherwise  set aside  such
purchase of participations  shall be rescinded (without interest).  The Borrower
and each Guarantor  expressly consents to the foregoing  arrangements and agrees
that any Bank  holding (or deemed to be holding) a  participation  in a Loan may
exercise any and all rights of banker's lien,  setoff (in each case,  subject to
the  same  notice  requirements  as  pertain  to  clause  (iv)  of the  remedial
provisions of Section 7.01) or  counterclaim  with respect to any and all moneys
owing by the  Borrower to such Bank as fully as if such Bank held a Loan and was
the original obligee thereon, in the amount of such participation.

        SECTION 8.04 AGREEMENT OF REQUIRED BANKS. Upon any occasion requiring or
permitting an approval, consent, waiver, election or other action on the part of
the Required Banks,  action shall be taken by the Agent for and on behalf or for
the benefit of all Banks upon the direction of the Required Banks,  and any such
action shall be binding on all Banks. No amendment,  modification,  consent,  or
waiver shall be effective  except in accordance  with the  provisions of Section
10.10.

        SECTION 8.05  LIABILITY OF AGENT.

        (a) The Agent when acting on behalf of the Banks, may execute any of its
respective  duties  under this  Agreement  by or through  any of its  respective
officers,  agents,  and  employees,  and  neither  the Agent nor its  directors,
officers, agents, employees or Affiliates shall be liable to the Banks or any of
them  for  any  action  taken  or  omitted  to be  taken  in good  faith,  or be
responsible to the Banks or to any of them for the consequences of any oversight
or error of judgment,  or for any loss, unless the same shall happen through its
gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Agent and its respective directors,
officers,  agents,  employees and Affiliates  shall in no event be liable to the
Banks or to any of them for any  action  taken  or  omitted  to be taken by them
pursuant to instructions received by them from the Required Banks or in reliance
upon the advice of counsel  selected  by it.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,
neither the Agent,  nor any of its respective  directors,  officers,  employees,
agents or Affiliates  shall be  responsible  to any Bank for the due  execution,
validity, genuineness, effectiveness,  sufficiency, or enforceability of, or for
any statement, warranty, or representation in, this Agreement, any Loan Document
or any related  agreement,  document or order, or shall be required to ascertain
or to make any inquiry  concerning the performance or observance by the Borrower
of any of the terms,  conditions,  covenants, or agreements of this Agreement or
any of the Loan Documents.

        (b) Neither  the Agent nor any of its  respective  directors,  officers,
employees, agents or Affiliates shall have any responsibility to the Borrower or
the  Guarantors on account of the failure or delay in  performance  or breach by
any  Bank  or by the  Borrower  or the  Guarantors  of any of  their  respective
obligations  under this  Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or in connection
herewith or therewith.

                                       58
<PAGE>

        (c) The Agent, in its capacity as Agent hereunder,  shall be entitled to
rely on any communication,  instrument,  or document reasonably believed by such
person to be genuine or correct  and to have been  signed or sent by a person or
persons  believed  by such person to be the proper  person or persons,  and such
person shall be entitled to rely on advice of legal counsel,  independent public
accountants,  and other  professional  advisers  and  experts  selected  by such
person.

        SECTION 8.06 REIMBURSEMENT AND INDEMNIFICATION.  Each Bank agrees (i) to
reimburse  (x) the Agent for such Bank's  Commitment  Percentage of any expenses
and fees  incurred for the benefit of the Banks under this  Agreement and any of
the Loan Documents,  including,  without limitation, fees of counsel referred to
in Section  10.05  (including  patent  counsel) and  compensation  of agents and
employees  paid for  services  rendered  on behalf of the  Banks,  and any other
expense  incurred in connection  with the operations or enforcement  thereof not
reimbursed by the Borrower or the  Guarantors  and (y) the Agent for such Bank's
Commitment  Percentage of any expenses of the Agent  incurred for the benefit of
the Banks that the Borrower has agreed to  reimburse  pursuant to Section  10.05
and has failed to so reimburse and (ii) to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent
and any of its directors,  officers, employees, agents or Affiliates, on demand,
in the  amount  of its  proportionate  share,  from  and  against  any  and  all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs,  expenses, or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be
imposed  on,  incurred  by,  or  asserted  against  it or any of them in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or any
action taken or omitted by it or any of them under this  Agreement or any of the
Loan  Documents to the extent not  reimbursed by the Borrower or the  Guarantors
(except such as shall result from their  respective  gross negligence or willful
misconduct).

        SECTION  8.07 RIGHTS OF AGENT.  It is  understood  and agreed that Chase
shall have the same  rights and powers  hereunder  (including  the right to give
such  instructions)  as the other Banks and may exercise such rights and powers,
as well as its rights and powers under other agreements and instruments to which
it is or may be party, and engage in other transactions with the Borrower or any
Guarantor, as though it were not the Agent of the Banks under this Agreement.

        SECTION  8.08  INDEPENDENT  BANKS.  Each Bank  acknowledges  that it has
decided to enter into this  Agreement and to make the Loans  hereunder  based on
its  own  analysis  of  the   transactions   contemplated   hereby  and  of  the
creditworthiness  of the Borrower and the  Guarantors  and agrees that the Agent
shall bear no responsibility therefor.

        SECTION  8.09  NOTICE OF  TRANSFER.  The Agent may deem and treat a Bank
party to this Agreement as the owner of such Bank's portion of the Loans for all
purposes,  unless  and until a  written  notice of the  assignment  or  transfer
thereof executed by such Bank shall have been received by the Agent.

        SECTION 8.10 SUCCESSOR AGENT. The Agent may resign at any time by giving
written notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation,
the  Required  Banks  shall have the right to appoint a successor  Agent,  which
shall be reasonably  satisfactory  to the Borrower.


                                       59
<PAGE>

If no successor  Agent shall have been so  appointed  by the Required  Banks and
shall have accepted such appointment,  within 30 days after the retiring Agent's
giving of notice of resignation, the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Banks,
appoint a successor Agent,  which shall be a commercial bank organized under the
laws of the  United  States of  America  or of any State  thereof  and  having a
combined capital and surplus of a least $100,000,000,  which shall be reasonably
satisfactory  to the Borrower.  Upon the acceptance of any  appointment as Agent
hereunder by a successor Agent,  such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to
and become  vested with all the  rights,  powers,  privileges  and duties of the
retiring  Agent,  and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
obligations  under  this  Agreement.  After  any  retiring  Agent's  resignation
hereunder as Agent,  the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to its benefit
as to any  actions  taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent  under
this Agreement.

SECTION 9.     GUARANTY

        SECTION 9.01  GUARANTY

        (a) Each of the Guarantors  unconditionally  and irrevocably  guarantees
the due and  punctual  payment and  performance  by the  Borrower  and the other
Guarantors of the Obligations  (including,  without  limitation,  Obligations in
respect of Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.03(iii)).  Each of the Guarantors
further agrees that the Obligations  may be extended or renewed,  in whole or in
part, without notice to or further assent from it, and it will remain bound upon
this  guaranty   notwithstanding   any  extension  or  renewal  of  any  of  the
Obligations.  The  Obligations  of the  Guarantors  shall be joint and  several.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the maximum aggregate amount of
the Obligations that are guaranteed  hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed
the maximum amount that can be so guaranteed  without rendering this guaranty by
such Guarantor  voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent  conveyance
or fraudulent transfer.

        (b) Each of the Guarantors  waives  presentation  to, demand for payment
from and protest to the Borrower or any other Guarantor,  and also waives notice
of protest for nonpayment. The Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not
be  affected  by (i) the  failure  of the Agent or a Bank to assert any claim or
demand or to  enforce  any right or remedy  against  the  Borrower  or any other
Guarantor  under the  provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
otherwise;  (ii) any  extension or renewal of any  provision  hereof or thereof;
(iii)  any   rescission,   waiver,   compromise,   acceleration,   amendment  or
modification  of any of the terms or  provisions  of any of the Loan  Documents;
(iv) the release,  exchange,  waiver or  foreclosure of any security held by the
Agent for the Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of the Agent or a Bank
to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; or (vi) the release
or substitution of any Guarantor or any other Guarantor.

        (c) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that this guaranty constitutes
a guaranty of  performance  and of payment when due and not just of  collection,
and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Agent or a Bank to


                                       60
<PAGE>

any  security  held for  payment  of the  Obligations  or to any  balance of any
deposit,  account  or credit on the books of the Agent or a Bank in favor of the
Borrower or any other Guarantor, or to any other Person.

        (d) Each of the Guarantors  hereby waives any defense that it might have
based on a failure to remain informed of the financial condition of the Borrower
and of any other  Guarantor and any  circumstances  affecting the ability of the
Borrower to perform under this Agreement.

        (e) Each Guarantor's  guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness,
validity,   regularity  or  enforceability  of  the  Obligations  or  any  other
instrument   evidencing  any  Obligations,   or  by  the  existence,   validity,
enforceability, perfection, or extent of any collateral therefor or by any other
circumstance  relating to the  Obligations  which might  otherwise  constitute a
defense to this Guaranty.  Neither of the Agent,  nor any of the Banks makes any
representation  or warranty in respect to any such  circumstances  or shall have
any  duty or  responsibility  whatsoever  to any  Guarantor  in  respect  of the
management and maintenance of the Obligations.

        (f) Subject to the  provisions  of Section  7.01,  upon the  Obligations
becoming  due and payable (by  acceleration  or  otherwise),  the Banks shall be
entitled to immediate payment of such Obligations by the Guarantors upon written
demand by the Agent,  without further  application to or order of the Bankruptcy
Court.

        SECTION  9.02  NO  IMPAIRMENT  OF  GUARANTY.   The  obligations  of  the
Guarantors  hereunder  shall  not  be  subject  to  any  reduction,  limitation,
impairment or termination for any reason,  including,  without  limitation,  any
claim of waiver, release, surrender,  alteration or compromise, and shall not be
subject to any  defense or  set-off,  counterclaim,  recoupment  or  termination
whatsoever by reason of the invalidity,  illegality or  unenforceability  of the
Obligations.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the obligations
of the  Guarantors  hereunder  shall not be  discharged or impaired or otherwise
affected  by the failure of the Agent or a Bank to assert any claim or demand or
to enforce any remedy under this Agreement or any other agreement, by any waiver
or  modification  of any provision  thereof,  by any default,  failure or delay,
willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act
or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in
any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the  Guarantors or would  otherwise
operate as a discharge of the  Guarantors  as a matter of law,  unless and until
the Obligations are paid in full.

        SECTION 9.03  SUBROGATION.  Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to
the Agent or a Bank hereunder, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower
arising as a result thereof by way of right of  subrogation or otherwise,  shall
in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior final
and indefeasible payment in full of all the Obligations.  If any amount shall be
paid to such  Guarantor  for the account of the  Borrower,  such amount shall be
held in trust for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks and shall  forthwith be
paid to the Agent and the Banks to be credited  and applied to the  Obligations,
whether matured or unmatured.

                                       61
<PAGE>

SECTION 10.    MISCELLANEOUS

        SECTION 10.01  NOTICES.  Notices and other  communications  provided for
herein shall be in writing  (including  telegraphic,  telex,  facsimile or cable
communication) and shall be mailed, telegraphed, telexed, transmitted, cabled or
delivered to the Borrower or any Guarantor at 180 Technology Parkway,  Norcross,
Georgia 30092, Attention:  Chief Financial Officer and to a Bank or the Agent to
it at its address set forth on the signature  pages of this  Agreement,  or such
other  address as such party may from time to time  designate by giving  written
notice to the other  parties  hereunder.  All notices  and other  communications
given to any party hereto in accordance  with the  provisions of this  Agreement
shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth Business Day after the date when
sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested,
if by mail; or when delivered to the telegraph company,  charges prepaid,  if by
telegram; or when receipt is acknowledged,  if by any telegraphic communications
or facsimile  equipment of the sender;  in each case  addressed to such party as
provided  in this  Section  10.01 or in  accordance  with the  latest  unrevoked
written  direction  from  such  party;  provided,  however,  that in the case of
notices to the Agent notices pursuant to the preceding  sentence and pursuant to
Section 2 shall be effective only when received by the Agent.

        SECTION 10.02  SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENT,  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES,
ETC. All warranties,  representations  and covenants made by the Borrower or any
Guarantor herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by it or on
its behalf in connection  with this  Agreement  shall be considered to have been
relied  upon by the Banks  and  shall  survive  the  making of the Loans  herein
contemplated  regardless of any investigation  made by any Bank or on its behalf
and shall  continue  in full  force and  effect so long as any  amount due or to
become due hereunder is  outstanding  and unpaid and so long as the  Commitments
have not been  terminated.  All  statements  in any  such  certificate  or other
instrument shall constitute  representations  and warranties by the Borrower and
the Guarantors hereunder with respect to the Borrower.

        SECTION 10.03 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

        (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Borrower,  the Agent and the Banks and their respective  successors and assigns.
Neither the  Borrower  nor any of the  Guarantors  may assign or transfer any of
their rights or obligations  hereunder  without the prior written consent of all
of the Banks. Each Bank may sell  participations to any Person in all or part of
any Loan, or all or part of its Commitment, in which event, without limiting the
foregoing,  the  provisions  of Section  2.15 shall inure to the benefit of each
purchaser of a participation  (provided that such participant  shall look solely
to the seller of such participation for such benefits and the Borrower's and the
Guarantors'  liability,  if any,  under  Sections  2.15  and 2.18  shall  not be
increased  as a result of the sale of any such  participation)  and the PRO RATA
treatment of payments,  as described in Section 2.17,  shall be determined as if
such Bank had not sold such participation.  In the event any Bank shall sell any
participation,  such Bank  shall  retain the sole  right and  responsibility  to
enforce the  obligations of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors  relating to
the Loans,  including,  without limitation,  the right to approve any amendment,
modification  or waiver of any provision of this


                                       62
<PAGE>

Agreement  (provided  that  such Bank may  grant  its  participant  the right to
consent to such Bank's  execution of amendments,  modifications or waivers which
(i) reduce any Fees payable  hereunder  to the Banks,  (ii) reduce the amount of
any scheduled  principal  payment on any Loan or reduce the principal  amount of
any Loan or the rate of interest payable  hereunder or (iii) extend the maturity
of the Borrower's  obligations  hereunder).  The sale of any such  participation
shall  not  alter  the  rights  and   obligations   of  the  Bank  selling  such
participation hereunder with respect to the Borrower.

        (b) Each Bank may assign to one or more Banks or Eligible  Assignees all
or a portion of its  interests,  rights  and  obligations  under this  Agreement
(including,  without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment and the same
portion of the related Loans at the time owing to it), PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that
(i) other  than in the case of an  assignment  to a Person at least 50% owned by
the assignor  Bank, or by a common parent of both, or to another Bank, the Agent
and the Fronting Bank must give their  respective  prior written consent to such
assignment,  which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) the aggregate
amount of the Commitment and/or Loans of the assigning Bank subject to each such
assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect
to such assignment is delivered to the Agent) shall,  unless otherwise agreed to
in writing by the  Borrower and the Agent,  in no event be less than  $5,000,000
(or $1,000,000 in the case of an assignment between Banks) and (iii) the parties
to each  such  assignment  shall  execute  and  deliver  to the  Agent,  for its
acceptance and recording in the Register (as defined  below),  an Assignment and
Acceptance with blanks appropriately  completed,  together with a processing and
recordation fee of $3,500 (for which the Borrower shall have no liability). Upon
such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective
date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance,  which effective date shall be
within ten Business Days after the execution thereof (unless otherwise agreed to
in writing by the Agent),  (A) the assignee  thereunder  shall be a party hereto
and, to the extent provided in such  Assignment and Acceptance,  have the rights
and  obligations of a Bank hereunder and (B) the Bank  thereunder  shall, to the
extent  provided  in such  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  be  released  from  its
obligations  under  this  Agreement  (and,  in the  case  of an  Assignment  and
Acceptance  covering all or the remaining  portion of an assigning Bank's rights
and  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  such Bank  shall  cease to be a party
hereto).

        (c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and  Acceptance,  the Bank
assignor  thereunder and the assignee  thereunder confirm to and agree with each
other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than the representation
and warranty  that it is the legal and  beneficial  owner of the interest  being
assigned  thereby free and clear of any adverse claim,  such Bank assignor makes
no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility  with respect to any
statements,  warranties or  representations  made in or in connection  with this
Agreement  or  any of the  other  Loan  Documents  or the  execution,  legality,
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents; (ii) such Bank assignor makes no representation
or  warranty  and  assumes  no  responsibility  with  respect  to the  financial
condition of the Borrower or any Guarantor or the  performance  or observance by
the Borrower or any Guarantor of any of its obligations  under this Agreement or
any of the other Loan  Documents or any other  instrument or document  furnished
pursuant  hereto;  (iii) such  assignee  confirms that it has received a copy of
this  Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents,  together  with  copies of the
financial  statements  referred


                                       63
<PAGE>

to in Section 3.04 and such other  documents  and  information  as it has deemed
appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis  and  decision  to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance;  (iv) such assignee will,  independently  and without
reliance upon the Agent,  such Bank assignor or any other Bank and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,  continue to
make its own  credit  decisions  in  taking  or not  taking  action  under  this
Agreement;  (v) such  assignee  appoints and  authorizes  the Agent to take such
action as agent on its behalf and to exercise  such powers under this  Agreement
as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereto, together with such powers as
are reasonably  incidental  hereof;  and (vi) such assignee  agrees that it will
perform in accordance with their terms all obligations that by the terms of this
Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank.

        (d) The Agent shall maintain at its office a copy of each Assignment and
Acceptance  delivered to it and a register for the  recordation of the names and
addresses of the Banks and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans
owing to,  each Bank from time to time  (the  "REGISTER").  The  entries  in the
Register  shall  be  conclusive,  in the  absence  of  manifest  error,  and the
Borrower,  the  Guarantors,  the Agent and the Banks shall treat each Person the
name of which is recorded in the Register as a Bank  hereunder  for all purposes
of this  Agreement.  The  Register  shall be  available  for  inspection  by the
Borrower  or any  Bank at any  reasonable  time  and  from  time  to  time  upon
reasonable prior notice.

        (e) Upon its  receipt of an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  executed by an
assigning  Bank and the  assignee  thereunder  together  with the fee payable in
respect  thereto,  the Agent shall,  if such  Assignment and Acceptance has been
completed with blanks appropriately filled and consented to by the Agent and the
Fronting  Bank (to the extent such  consent is required  hereunder),  (i) accept
such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in
the  Register  and (iii) give  prompt  written  notice  thereof to the  Borrower
(together with a copy thereof). No assignment shall be effective for purposes of
this  Agreement  unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this
paragraph.

        (f) Any Bank may, in connection with any assignment or  participation or
proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 10.03, disclose to
the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information
relating to the Borrower or any of the  Guarantors  furnished to such Bank by or
on behalf of the Borrower or any of the  Guarantors;  PROVIDED that prior to any
such  disclosure,  each such  assignee or  participant  or proposed  assignee or
participant  shall  agree in  writing to be bound by the  provisions  of Section
10.04.

        (g)  The  Borrower  hereby  agrees,  to  the  extent  set  forth  in the
Commitment  Letter,  to  actively  assist  and  cooperate  with the Agent in the
Agent's efforts to sell participations herein (as described in Section 10.03(a))
and  assign  to one or  more  Banks  or  Eligible  Assignees  a  portion  of its
interests,  rights and obligations under this Agreement (as set forth in Section
10.03(b)).

        SECTION 10.04 CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each Bank agrees to keep any information
delivered  or made  available  by the  Borrower or any of the  Guarantors  to it
confidential  from anyone other than


                                       64
<PAGE>

persons  employed  or  retained  by such Bank who are or are  expected to become
engaged  in  evaluating,  approving,  structuring  or  administering  the Loans;
PROVIDED  that  nothing  herein  shall  prevent  any Bank from  disclosing  such
information  (i) to any  other  Bank,  (ii) to any other  person  if  reasonably
incidental to the administration of the Loans, (iii) upon the order of any court
or  administrative  agency,  (iv) upon the  request or demand of any  regulatory
agency or  authority,  (v) which has been  publicly  disclosed  other  than as a
result of a disclosure  by the Agent or any Bank which is not  permitted by this
Agreement,  (vi) in connection with any litigation to which the Agent, any Bank,
or their respective Affiliates may be a party to the extent reasonably required,
(vii) to the extent  reasonably  required in connection with the exercise of any
remedy hereunder,  (viii) to such Bank's legal counsel and independent auditors,
and (ix) to any actual or proposed participant or assignee of all or part of its
rights hereunder subject to the proviso in Section 10.03(f) and PROVIDED FURTHER
before  such Bank  complies  with (iii) or (iv)  above,  it shall (to the extent
practicable  under the  circumstances)  use  reasonable  efforts to provide  the
Borrower with notice of such request.

        SECTION  10.05  EXPENSES.   Whether  or  not  the  transactions   hereby
contemplated shall be consummated,  the Borrower and the Guarantors agree to pay
all reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses incurred by the Agent (including but not
limited to the reasonable fees and disbursements of Zalkin, Rodin & Goodman LLP,
counsel for the Agent, any other counsel that the Agent shall retain  (including
patent  counsel)  and any  internal  or  third-party  consultants  and  auditors
advising  the  Agent  and  Chase   Securities   Inc.)  in  connection  with  the
preparation,  execution,  delivery and  administration of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of
Credit,  the perfection of the Liens  contemplated  hereby  (including,  without
limitation, trademark and trade name Liens), the syndication of the transactions
contemplated  hereby,  the reasonable and customary costs,  fees and expenses of
the Agent in connection  with its periodic  monitoring of assets of the Borrower
or the  Guarantors  (including  reasonable  and  customary  internal  collateral
monitoring  fees) and publicity  expenses,  and,  following the occurrence of an
Event of Default,  all reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  during the
continuance  of  such  Event  of  Default  by the  Banks  and the  Agent  in the
enforcement  or  protection of the rights of any one or more of the Banks or the
Agent in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan  Documents,  including
but not limited to the reasonable fees and  disbursements of any counsel for the
Banks or the Agent. Such payments shall be made on the date of the Interim Order
and  thereafter on demand upon delivery of a statement  setting forth such costs
and expenses. The expense deposit of $100,000 referred to in Section 4.01 should
be applied to such  payments and the Borrower  and the  Guarantors  shall remain
obligated under this Section to the extent expenses exceed such deposit. Whether
or not the transactions hereby  contemplated shall be consummated,  the Borrower
and the Guarantors  agree to reimburse the Agent and Chase  Securities  Inc. for
the expenses set forth in the Commitment Letter and the reimbursement provisions
thereof are hereby  incorporated  herein by reference.  The  Obligations  of the
Borrower and the Guarantors  under this Section shall survive the termination of
this Agreement and/or the payment of the Loans.

        SECTION 10.06  INDEMNITY.  The Borrower and each of the Guarantors agree
to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent,  Chase  Securities  Inc. and the Banks
and  their  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents  and  Affiliates  (each an
"INDEMNIFIED  PARTY")  from and against any and all


                                       65
<PAGE>

expenses,  losses,  claims, damages and liabilities incurred by such Indemnified
Party  arising  out of  claims  made by any  Person in any way  relating  to the
transactions contemplated hereby, but excluding therefrom all expenses,  losses,
claims,  damages,  and  liabilities  arising out of or resulting  from the gross
negligence or willful  misconduct of such Indemnified  Party. The Obligations of
the Borrower and the Guarantors under this Section shall survive the termination
of this Agreement and/or the payment of the Loans.

        SECTION 10.07 CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY
WITHIN SUCH STATE AND THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.

        SECTION  10.08 NO WAIVER.  No failure on the part of the Agent or any of
the Banks to exercise,  and no delay in exercising,  any right,  power or remedy
hereunder  or under any of the other Loan  Documents  shall  operate as a waiver
thereof,  nor shall any single or partial  exercise of any such right,  power or
remedy  preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any
other right,  power or remedy. All remedies hereunder are cumulative and are not
exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.

        SECTION 10.09 EXTENSION OF MATURITY.  Should any payment of principal or
interest or any other amount due hereunder become due and payable on a day other
than a  Business  Day,  the  maturity  thereof  shall  be  extended  to the next
succeeding Business Day and, in the case of principal, interest shall be payable
thereon at the rate herein specified during such extension.

        SECTION 10.10 AMENDMENTS, ETC.

        (a) No  modification,  amendment  or  waiver  of any  provision  of this
Agreement or the other Loan  Documents,  and no consent to any  departure by the
Borrower or any Guarantor therefrom,  shall in any event be effective unless the
same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Banks,  and then such waiver
or consent shall be effective only in the specific  instance and for the purpose
for which given; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such modification or amendment shall
without the  written  consent of the Bank  affected  thereby  (x)  increase  the
Commitment of a Bank (it being  understood  that a waiver of an Event of Default
shall not constitute an increase in the Commitment of a Bank), or (y) reduce the
principal amount of any Loan or the rate of interest payable thereon,  or extend
any date for the  payment  of  interest  hereunder  or reduce  any Fees  payable
hereunder or extend the final maturity of the Borrower's  obligations hereunder;
and, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no such modification or amendment shall without the
written  consent  of (A) all of the Banks (i) amend or modify any  provision  of
this  Agreement  which  provides  for the  unanimous  consent or approval of the
Banks, (ii) amend this Section 10.10 or the definition of Required Banks,  (iii)
amend or modify the  Super-Priority  Claim status of the Banks  contemplated  by
Section 2.23 or (iv) release all or  substantially  all of the Collateral or (B)
the Super-majority Banks referred to in Section 10.10(b) release the obligations
of any Guarantor  hereunder.  No such  amendment or  modification


                                       66
<PAGE>

may  adversely  affect the rights and  obligations  of the Agent or any Fronting
Bank hereunder without its prior written consent.  No notice to or demand on the
Borrower or any  Guarantor  shall  entitle the Borrower or any  Guarantor to any
other or further notice or demand in the same,  similar or other  circumstances.
Each  assignee  under  Section   10.03(b)  shall  be  bound  by  any  amendment,
modification,  waiver or consent  authorized as provided herein, and any consent
by a Bank shall bind any Person subsequently  acquiring an interest in the Loans
held by such Bank. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective against the
Borrower or any Guarantor  unless signed by the Borrower or such  Guarantor,  as
the case may be.

        (b)  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  contained  in  Section
10.10(a),  in the  event  that the  Borrower  requests  that this  Agreement  be
modified or amended in a manner which would require the unanimous consent of all
of  the  Banks  and  such   modification  or  amendment  is  agreed  to  by  the
Super-majority  Banks (as  hereinafter  defined),  then with the  consent of the
Borrower and the Super-majority Banks, the Borrower and the Super-majority Banks
shall be  permitted  to amend the  Agreement  without the consent of the Bank or
Banks which did not agree to the  modification  or  amendment  requested  by the
Borrower (such Bank or Banks,  collectively the "MINORITY BANKS") to provide for
(w) the  termination  of the Commitment of each of the Minority  Banks,  (x) the
addition to this Agreement of one or more other financial  institutions (each of
which shall be an Eligible Assignee), or an increase in the Commitment of one or
more of the  Super-majority  Banks,  so that the Total  Commitment  after giving
effect to such  amendment  shall be in the same  amount as the Total  Commitment
immediately  before  giving  effect  to such  amendment,  (y) if any  Loans  are
outstanding at the time of such amendment,  the making of such additional  Loans
by such new financial  institutions or Super-majority Bank or Banks, as the case
may be,  as may be  necessary  to  repay in full  the  outstanding  Loans of the
Minority Banks  immediately  before giving effect to such amendment and (z) such
other modifications to this Agreement as may be appropriate. As used herein, the
term  "SUPER-MAJORITY  BANKS" shall mean, at any time,  Banks,  including Chase,
holding Loans representing at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Loans outstanding, or if no Loans are outstanding,  Banks having Commitments
representing at least 66-2/3% of the Total Commitment.

        SECTION 10.11  SEVERABILITY.  Any provision of this  Agreement  which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without
invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof,  and any such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   in  any   jurisdiction   shall  not   invalidate   or  render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

        SECTION 10.12 HEADINGS. Section headings used herein are for convenience
only and are not to affect the construction of or be taken into consideration in
interpreting this Agreement.

                                       67
<PAGE>

        SECTION 10.13 EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed
in any number of counterparts,  each of which shall constitute an original,  but
all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

        SECTION 10.14 PRIOR  AGREEMENTS.  This  Agreement  represents the entire
agreement of the parties with regard to the subject  matter hereof and the terms
of any letters and other  documentation  entered  into between the Borrower or a
Guarantor  and any Bank or the Agent prior to the  execution  of this  Agreement
which  relate to Loans to be made  hereunder  shall be  replaced by the terms of
this Agreement  (except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein with respect to
the  Commitment  Letter and the letter  agreement  referred to in Section  2.19,
including  without  limitation the Borrower's  agreement to actively  assist the
Agent in the syndication of the transactions  contemplated hereby referred to in
Section 10.03(g) and including also the provisions of Section 2.22).

        SECTION  10.15 FURTHER  ASSURANCES.  Whenever and so often as reasonably
requested by the Agent,  the Borrower and the Guarantors  will promptly  execute
and deliver or cause to be  executed  and  delivered  all such other and further
instruments,  documents or  assurances,  and promptly do or cause to be done all
such other and further  things as may be necessary  and  reasonably  required in
order to further and more fully vest in the Agent all rights, interests, powers,
benefits,  privileges  and  advantages  conferred or intended to be conferred by
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

        SECTION  10.16  WAIVER  OF  JURY  TRIAL.  EACH  OF  THE  BORROWER,   THE
GUARANTORS, THE AGENT AND EACH BANK HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,  PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and the year first written.

                             PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC.

                             By: /S/ ALAN J. CYRON
                                 --------------------------
                             Title:    Executive Vice President and CFO

                             PTB INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                             By: /S/ ALAN J. CYRON
                                 --------------------------
                             Title:   Vice President and CFO

                                       68
<PAGE>


                             CHANGING PARADIGMS, INC.

                             By: /S/ CATHERINE O. HASBROUCK
                                 --------------------------
                             Title:    Assistant Secretary

                             PARAGON TRADE BRANDS FSC, INC.

                             By: /S/ ALAN J. CYRON
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: Vice President and CFO

                             PTB ACQUISITION SUB, INC.

                             By: /S/ ALAN J. CYRON
                                 --------------------------
                             Title:   Vice President

                             THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                             INDIVIDUALLY AND AS AGENT

                             By: /S/ JANE JACOBS
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: Vice President

                             270 Park Avenue
                             New York, New York 10017

                             AMSOUTH BANK

                             By: /S/ PATRICK R. BROCKER
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: E.V.P.

                             350 Park Avenue
                             New York, New York 10022
                             Tel: 212-935-6838
                             Fax: 212-935-7458
                             Attn: Mr. Patrick R. Brocker



                                       69
<PAGE>



                             THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

                             By: /S/ ALEX T. CLARKE
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: Senior Manager

                             Notice:
                             One Liberty Plaza
                             New York, New York 10006
                             Tel:  212-225-5257
                             Fax: 212-225-5205
                             Attn:   Mr. Alex Clarke

                             BHF-BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

                             By:/S/ THOMAS SCIFO
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: Assistant Vice President

                             By: /S/ HANS J. SCHOLZ
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: Assistant Vice President

                             590 Madison Avenue
                             New York, New York 10022-2540
                             Tel: 212-756-5912
                             Fax: 212-756-5536
                             Attn: Mr. Thomas Scifo

                             HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.

                             By:/S/ ALBERT J. FORZANO
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: Vice President

                             150 East 42nd Street
                             New York, New York 10017
                             Tel: 212-880-2916
                             Fax: 212-880-7002
                             Attn: Mr. Al Forzano





                                       70
<PAGE>



                             IBJ SCHRODER BUSINESS CREDIT CORP.

                             By: /S/ WING LOUIE
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: Vice President

                             One State Street
                             New York, New York 10004
                             Tel: 212-858-2939
                             Fax: 212-858-2151
                             Attn: Mr. Wing C. Louie

                             PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                             By: /S/RODGER L. RICKENBRODE
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: Senior Vice President

                             1600 Market Street, 31st Flr.
                             Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
                             Attn: Mr. Rodger Rickenbrode
                             Tel: 215-585-4750
                             Fax: 215-585-4771

                             WACHOVIA, N.A.

                             By: /S/ WILLIAM R. MCCAMEY
                                 --------------------------
                             Title: Assistant Vice President

                             191 Peachtree Street N.E.
                             Atlanta, Georgia 30303
                             Tel: 404-332-5184
                             Fax: 404-332-5016
                             Attn: Mr. John Seeds


                                       71
<PAGE>





                                     ANNEX A
                                       TO
                     REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

                     DATED AS OF APRIL 15, 1998, AS AMENDED


                                            COMMITMENT             COMMITMENT
BANK                                          AMOUNT               PERCENTAGE
The Chase Manhattan Bank                   $10,250,000           13.6666666669%
Amsouth Bank                                $9,250,000           12.3333333333%
The Bank of Nova Scotia                     $9,250,000           12.3333333333%
BHF-Bank Aktiengesellschaft                 $9,250,000           12.3333333333%
Heller Financial, Inc.                      $9,250,000           12.3333333333%
IBJ Schroder Business Credit Corp.          $9,250,000           12.3333333333%
PNC Bank, National Association              $9,250,000           12.3333333333%
Wachovia, N.A.                              $9,250,000           12.3333333333%
                                            ----------           --------------
                      TOTAL:             $  75,000,000          100.0000000000%
                                          ============          ===============




                          SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

        SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"),  dated as of January 7,
1998,  by and among  PARAGON TRADE  BRANDS,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Borrower"),   a  debtor  and  debtor-in-possession  under  Chapter  11  of  the
Bankruptcy  Code,  PTB  INTERNATIONAL,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("PTBI"),
CHANGING PARADIGMS INC., an Ohio corporation ("CPI"),  PARAGON TRADE BRANDS FSC,
INC., a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation  ("PTBF"),  PTB ACQUISITION SUB, INC., a
Delaware corporation ("PTBA" and together with PTBI, CPI and PTBF, collectively,
the  "Subsidiaries";  the Borrower and the  Subsidiaries,  each a "Grantor"  and
collectively,  the "Grantors"),  and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as agent (in such
capacity, the "Agent") for the banks (the "Banks") party to the Credit Agreement
(as hereinafter defined):

        WHEREAS,  contemporaneously  with the  execution  and  delivery  of this
Agreement,  the Agent,  the Banks and the Grantors are entering into a Revolving
Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended,  modified
or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"); and

        WHEREAS,  unless otherwise  defined herein,  terms defined in the Credit
Agreement are used herein as therein defined; and

        WHEREAS,  it is a  condition  precedent  to the  making of Loans and the
issuance of Letters of Credit that the  Grantors  shall have  granted a security
interest,  pledge  and lien on  substantially  all of the  Grantors'  assets and
properties  and the  proceeds  thereof  (pursuant to in the case of the Borrower
Sections 364(c)(2) and 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code); and

        WHEREAS,  the grant of such  security  interest,  pledge and lien by the
Borrower has been authorized  pursuant to Section 364(c)(2) and 364(c)(3) of the
Bankruptcy  Code by the Interim Order and,  after the entry  thereof,  will have
been so authorized by the Final Order (collectively, the "Order"); and

     WHEREAS,  the Subsidiaries have not filed petitions under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code; and

        WHEREAS,  to  supplement  the Order  without in any way  diminishing  or
limiting  the effect of the Order or the security  interests,  pledges and liens
granted  thereunder,  the  parties  hereto  desire to more fully set forth their
respective rights in connection with such security interests, pledges and liens;
and

<PAGE>


        WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved by the Order;

        NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and in order to induce
the Banks to make Loans and issue Letters of Credit,  the Grantors  hereby agree
with the Agent as follows:

        SECTION 1. GRANT OF SECURITY  AND PLEDGE.  Each of the  Grantors  hereby
transfers, grants, bargains, sells, conveys, hypothecates,  assigns, pledges and
sets over to the Agent for its benefit and the ratable  benefit of the Banks and
hereby grants to the Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Banks,
a perfected pledge and security  interest in all of the Grantors'  right,  title
and  interest  in and to the  following  (the  "Collateral"),  which  pledge and
security  interest shall be (x) junior to the Permitted Senior Liens hereinafter
referred  to and (y) in the  case of the  Collateral  granted  by the  Borrower,
subject to the Carve-Out:

        (a) all  present  and future  accounts,  accounts  receivable  and other
rights  of each of the  Grantors  to  payment  for  goods  sold or leased or for
services  rendered  (except those  evidenced by instruments  or chattel  paper),
whether now existing or hereafter arising and wherever  arising,  and whether or
not they have been earned by performance (collectively, the "Accounts");

        (b) all goods and merchandise now owned or hereafter acquired by each of
the Grantors  wherever  located,  whether in the possession of a Grantor or of a
bailee or other person for sale, storage, transit,  processing, use or otherwise
consisting  of whole  goods,  components,  supplies,  materials,  or  consigned,
returned  or  repossessed  goods)  which  are  held  for  sale or lease or to be
furnished  (or have been  furnished)  under any contract of service or which are
raw materials, work-in-process,  finished goods or materials used or consumed in
such   Grantor's   business  or  processed  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Grantor
(collectively, the "Inventory");

        (c)  all  machinery,  all  manufacturing,  distribution,  selling,  data
processing  and  office  equipment,  all  furniture,  furnishings,   appliances,
fixtures and trade fixtures,  tools,  tooling,  molds, dies, vehicles,  vessels,
aircraft  and all  other  goods  of  every  type  and  description  (other  than
Inventory),  in each instance whether now owned or hereafter acquired by each of
the Grantors and wherever located (collectively, the "Equipment");

        (d) all  works of art now  owned or  hereafter  acquired  by each of the
Grantors, including, without limitation,  paintings, sketches, drawings, prints,
sculptures, crafts, tapestries,  porcelain, carvings, artifacts,  renderings and
designs;

        (e) all rights,  interests,  choses in action,  causes of action, claims
and all other  intangible  property  of each of the  Grantors  of every kind and
nature  (other  than  Accounts,  Trademarks,  Patents and  Copyrights),  in each
instance  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired by such  Grantor,  including,
without limitation,  all general  intangibles;  all corporate and other business
records; all loans, royalties, and other obligations receivable; all inventions,
designs,  trade  secrets,  computer  programs,  software,  printouts  and  other
computer materials, goodwill, registrations,


                                       2
<PAGE>


copyrights,  licenses, franchises, customer lists, credit files, correspondence,
and  advertising  materials;  all  customer and  supplier  contracts,  firm sale
orders,  rights under license and franchise  agreements  (including  all license
agreements  with any other  Person in  connection  with any of the  Patents  and
Trademarks  or such other  Person's  names or marks,  whether  such Grantor is a
licensor or licensee under any such license agreement),  and other contracts and
contract  rights;  all interests in  partnerships  and joint  ventures;  all tax
refunds and tax refund  claims;  all right,  title and  interest  under  leases,
subleases,  licenses and  concessions and other  agreements  relating to real or
personal  property;  all  payments  due or  made  to  each  of the  Grantors  in
connection  with  any  requisition,   confiscation,   condemnation,  seizure  or
forfeiture of any property by any person or governmental authority;  all deposit
accounts (general or special) with any bank or other financial institution;  all
credits  with and other claims  against  carriers  and  shippers;  all rights to
indemnification;  all reversionary interests in pension and profit sharing plans
and reversionary,  beneficial and residual  interest in trusts;  all proceeds of
insurance  of which each of the  Grantors  is  beneficiary;  and all  letters of
credit,  guaranties,  liens,  security  interest and other  security  held by or
granted to each of the Grantors;  and all other intangible property,  whether or
not similar to the foregoing (collectively, the "General Intangibles");

        (f) all chattel paper, all  instruments,  all notes and debt instruments
and all payments thereunder and instruments and other property from time to time
delivered in respect thereof or in exchange  therefor,  and all bills of lading,
warehouse receipts and other documents of title and documents,  in each instance
whether now owned or hereafter acquired by each of the Grantors;

        (g) all property or  interests in property now or hereafter  acquired by
each of the  Grantors  which  may be  owned  or  hereafter  may  come  into  the
possession,  custody or control  of the Agent or any agent or  affiliate  of the
Agent in any way or for any purpose (whether for safekeeping,  deposit, custody,
pledge, transmission,  collection or otherwise), and all rights and interests of
each of the Grantors, now existing or hereafter arising and however and wherever
arising,  in  respect  of any and all (i) notes,  drafts,  letters  of  credits,
stocks, bonds, and debt and equity securities,  whether or not certificated, and
warrants,  options,  puts and calls and other  rights to  acquire  or  otherwise
relating to the same; (ii) money  (including all cash and cash  equivalents held
in the  Letter of Credit  Account  (as  defined  and  referred  to in the Credit
Agreement));  (iii) proceeds of loans, including, without limitation, Loans made
under the Credit  Agreement;  and (iv) insurance  proceeds and books and records
relating to any of the property  covered by this  Agreement;  together,  in each
instance, with all accessions and additions thereto, substitutions therefor, and
replacements, proceeds and products thereof;

        (h) all trademarks, trade names, trade styles, service marks, prints and
labels on which said  trademarks,  trade names,  trade styles and service  marks
have appeared or appear,  designs and general  intangibles  of like nature,  now
existing or hereafter adopted or acquired,  and all registrations and recordings
thereof,  including,   without  limitation,   applications,   registrations  and
recordings in the United  States  Patent and Trademark  Office or in any similar
office or agency of the United States,  any State thereof,  or any other country
or political  subdivision  thereof (except for "intent to use"  applications for
trademark or service mark  registrations  filed  pursuant to Section 1(b) of the
Lanham

                                       3
<PAGE>


Act,  unless and until an  Amendment  to Allege Use or a Statement  of Use under
Sections  1(c) and 1(d) of said Act has been  filed),  all  whether now owned or
hereafter acquired by each of the Grantors, including, but not limited to, those
described in Schedule 3 annexed hereto and made a part hereof, and all reissues,
extensions or renewals thereof and all licenses thereof together,  in each case,
with the goodwill of the business  connected  with the use of, and symbolized by
each such  trademark,  service  mark,  trade  name and trade  dress  (all of the
foregoing being herein referred to as the "Trademarks");

        (i) all letters  patent of the United States or any other  country,  and
all  registrations  and  recordings  thereof,  including,   without  limitation,
applications,  registrations  and  recordings  in the United  States  Patent and
Trademark  Office or in any similar office or agency of the United  States,  any
State  thereof or any other country or any political  subdivision  thereof,  all
whether now owned or hereafter acquired by each of the Grantors,  including, but
not  limited to,  those  described  in Schedule 4 annexed  hereto and made apart
hereof,  and  (ii)  all  reissues,   continuations,   continuations-in-part   or
extensions  thereof and all licenses  thereof (all of the foregoing being herein
referred to as the "Patents");

        (j) all copyrights of the United States,  or any other country,  and all
registrations   and   recordings   thereof,   including,   without   limitation,
applications, registrations and recordings in the United States Copyright Office
or in any similar office or agency of the United States,  any State thereof,  or
any other  country or political  subdivision  thereof,  all whether now owned or
hereafter acquired by each of the Grantors, including, but not limited to, those
described in Schedule 5 hereto and all renewals and  extensions  thereof and all
licenses  thereof  (all  of  the  foregoing  being  herein  referred  to as  the
"Copyrights");

        (k) all books,  records,  ledger  cards and other  property  at any time
evidencing  or  relating  to  the  Accounts,   Equipment,  General  Intangibles,
Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights;

        (l) (i) all the  shares  of  capital  stock  owned by each  Grantor,  as
applicable,  listed on Part I of Schedule 6 hereto of the issuers listed thereon
(individually,  an "Issuer", and collectively,  the "Issuers") and all shares of
capital  stock of any  Issuer  obtained  in the future by such  Grantor  and the
certificates  representing or evidencing all such shares (the "Pledged Shares");
(ii) all  other  property  which  may be  delivered  to and held by the Agent in
respect of the Pledged  Shares  pursuant to the terms  hereof;  (iii) subject to
Section 9 below, all dividends,  cash,  instruments and other property from time
to time  received,  receivable  or  otherwise  distributed,  in  respect  of, in
exchange for or upon the conversion of the securities referred to in clauses (i)
and (ii) above;  and (iv) subject to Section 9 below,  all rights and privileges
of each  Grantor,  as  applicable,  with  respect  to the  securities  and other
property referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii);

        (m) (i) the debt evidenced by the respective  notes described in Part II
of Schedule 6 hereto delivered to the Grantors (the "Pledged Debt"), if any, and
(ii) all  interest,  cash,  instruments  and  other  property  from time to time
received, receivables or otherwise distributed in respect of or


                                       4
<PAGE>


in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Debt (the items referred to in Section
1(l) above and  clauses  (i) and (ii)  herein  collectively  referred  to as the
"Pledged Collateral");

        (n)  all  other  personal  property  of each  of the  Grantors,  whether
tangible or intangible,  and whether now owned or hereafter  acquired  excluding
shares of capital  stock owned by the Grantors that are not listed on Schedule 6
and excluding the obligations set forth on Schedule 1(n); and

        (o) all  proceeds  and  products of any of the  foregoing,  in any form,
including,  without  limitation,  any claims  against  third parties for loss or
damage to or  destruction  of any or all of the  foregoing and to the extent not
otherwise  included,  all (i) payments under insurance (whether or not the Agent
is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity,  warranty or guaranty,  payable by
reason of loss or damage to or otherwise  with  respect to any of the  foregoing
Collateral and (ii) cash.

        As used herein,  the term "Permitted Senior Liens" shall mean (i) in the
case of the Borrower,  valid and perfected Liens, if any, existing on the Filing
Date and (ii) in the case of the  Subsidiaries,  valid and perfected  Liens,  if
any, existing on the date hereof.

        SECTION 2. SECURITY FOR  OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement and the Collateral
secure the payment of all obligations of each of the Grantors,  now or hereafter
existing, under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and any other
documents  in respect  of such  Obligations),  and in  respect  of  Indebtedness
permitted by Section  6.03(iv) of the Credit  Agreement,  whether for principal,
interest,  fees,  expenses  or  otherwise,  and all  obligations  of each of the
Grantors now or hereafter  existing  under or in respect of this  Agreement (all
such obligations of the Grantor being herein called the "Obligations").

        SECTION 3. DELIVERY OF PLEDGED  COLLATERAL;  OTHER ACTION.  The Grantors
shall deliver all  certificates  or instruments  representing  or evidencing the
Pledged Collateral to the Agent pursuant hereto and shall be accompanied by duly
executed  instruments  of  transfer  or  assignment  in  blank,  all in form and
substance  satisfactory  to the  Agent.  Upon  the  occurrence  and  during  the
continuance  of any Event of  Default,  the Agent  shall have the right (for the
ratable benefit of the Banks),  at any time in its discretion and without notice
to the  Grantors,  to transfer to or to register in the name of the Agent or any
of its nominees any or all of the Pledged Collateral.

        SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  Each Grantor, jointly and
severally, represents and warrants as follows:

        (a) All of the  Inventory  and/or  Equipment  is  located  at the places
specified in Schedule 1 hereto. The chief places of business and chief executive
offices of each of the  Grantors and the offices  where each  Grantor  keeps its
records  concerning  any Accounts and all  originals of all chattel  paper which
evidence  any Account are located at the places  specified in Schedule 2 hereto.
All  trade  names  under  which  each of the  Grantors  have  sold and will sell
Inventory are listed on Schedule 3 hereto.


                                       5
<PAGE>


        (b) Each of the Grantors owns the Collateral free and clear of any lien,
security  interest,  charge or  encumbrance  except  for the  security  interest
created by this  Agreement  and except as  permitted  under  Section 6.01 of the
Credit  Agreement and except as described on Schedule 6. No effective  financing
statement or other instrument  similar in effect covering all or any part of the
Collateral is on file in any recording office,  except (x) such as may have been
filed in favor of the Agent  relating to this  Agreement and (y) in favor of any
holder of a Lien permitted under Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement.

        (c) As of the Filing  Date,  no Grantor  owns any  material  Trademarks,
Patents or  Copyrights  or has any material  Trademarks,  Patents or  Copyrights
registered  in, or the  subject of pending  applications  in, the United  States
Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in any other country
or any political subdivision thereof, other than those described in Schedules 3,
4 and 5 hereto. The registrations for the Collateral disclosed on such Schedules
3, 4 and 5 hereto are valid and subsisting and in full force and effect. None of
the material Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights have been abandoned or dedicated.

        (d) The Pledged Shares have been duly  authorized and validly issued and
are fully paid and  non-assessable.  The  Pledged  Debt is the legal,  valid and
binding obligation of the issuers thereof.

        (e) Each Grantor,  as the case may be, is the legal and beneficial owner
of the Pledged  Collateral  described  on Schedule 6 free and clear of any lien,
security  interest,  option  or other  charge  or  encumbrance,  except  for the
security  interest  created  by this  Agreement  and the  Orders  and  except as
disclosed on Schedule 6 or permitted by Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement.

        (f) Except as disclosed on Schedule 6, the Pledged  Shares  described in
Section 1(l) hereof constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock
of each of the  Issuers  and no Issuer is under any  contractual  obligation  to
issue  any  additional  shares  of  stock or any  other  securities,  rights  or
indebtedness.

        (g) No consent of any other  Person  (other  than the  licensors  of any
License (as such term is defined in the Patent and Trademark Security Agreement)
to which any  Grantor is a  licensee)  and no  authorization,  approval or other
action  by,  and no notice to or filing  with,  any  governmental  authority  or
regulatory body or other third party is required either (i) for the grant by any
Grantor  of the  assignment  and  security  interest  granted  hereby or for the
execution, delivery, recordation, filing or performance of this Agreement by any
Grantor,  (ii) for the perfection or  maintenance of the pledge,  assignment and
security  interest  created hereby  (including the first priority nature of such
pledge, assignment or security interest), except for the filing of financing and
continuation  statements  under the Uniform  Commercial  Code,  which  financing
statements  have been duly filed,  or (iii) for the exercise by the Agent of its
voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the remedies in respect
of the  Collateral  pursuant to this  Agreement,  except as may be required,  in
connection with (A) the disposition of any portion of the Pledged  Collateral by
laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally,  (B) the public or
private sale of  Collateral  governed by the 


                                       6
<PAGE>


Uniform Commercial Code, (C) any action seeking the judicial enforcement of such
rights or remedies,  (D) notice to the issuers of Pledged Shares that the Agent,
on behalf of the Banks,  is the  registered  owner of the  Pledged  Shares,  (E)
filings  with  the  United  States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office,  and (F) any
requirement  that  the  Agent  or any of  the  Banks  that  does  business  in a
jurisdiction  qualify to do  business in such  jurisdiction  in order to file or
pursue legal  proceedings to enforce its rights under the Loan Documents in such
jurisdiction.

        (h)  Except  (in  the  case  of  the  Borrower)   for  the  Orders,   no
authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any
governmental  authority or regulatory  body is required either (i) for the grant
and pledge by each of the Grantors of the security  interests  granted hereby or
for the  execution,  delivery or  performance  of this  Agreement by each of the
Grantors or (ii) for the perfection of the security interests or the exercise by
the Agent of its rights and remedies hereunder.

        SECTION 5.    FURTHER ASSURANCES.

        (a) Each of the Grantors  agrees that from time to time,  at the expense
of the Grantors,  it will promptly  execute and deliver all further  instruments
and documents,  and take all further action, that may be necessary,  or that the
Agent may  reasonably  request,  in order to perfect and  protect  any  security
interest  granted or  purported  to be granted  hereby or to enable the Agent to
exercise  and enforce any of its rights and remedies  hereunder  with respect to
any Collateral.  Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  and without
(in the case of the Borrower) further order of the Bankruptcy Court, each of the
Grantors will execute and file such  financing or  continuation  statements,  or
amendments thereto,  and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary,
or as the Agent may  reasonably  request,  in order to perfect and  preserve the
security interests granted or purported to be granted hereby.

        (b)  Each  Grantor  hereby  authorizes  the  Agent  to file  one or more
financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or
any part of the Collateral without the signature of such Grantor where permitted
by law.

        (c) Each Grantor will furnish to the Agent from time to time  statements
and schedules  further  identifying and describing the Collateral and such other
reports in connection  with the Collateral as the Agent may reasonably  request,
all in reasonable detail.

        SECTION 6.    AS TO EQUIPMENT AND INVENTORY.  Each Grantor shall:

        (a) Keep the Equipment and Inventory  (other than  Inventory sold in the
ordinary  course of  business)  at the places  specified  therefor in Schedule 1
hereto or, upon 30 days' prior written  notice to the Agent,  at other places in
jurisdictions  where all action  required  by Section 5 shall have been taken to
assure the continuation of the perfection of the security  interest of the Agent
(for its  benefit  and the  ratable  benefit of the Banks)  with  respect to the
Equipment and Inventory.

                                       7
<PAGE>


        (b) Maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and
condition,  excepting ordinary wear and tear and damage due to casualty,  all of
the Equipment,  and make or cause to be made all appropriate  repairs,  renewals
and  replacements  thereof,  to the extent not obsolete and consistent with past
practice of such Grantor,  as quickly as practicable after the occurrence of any
loss or damage thereto which are necessary or reasonably  desirable to such end,
except  where the  failure  to do any of the  foregoing  would  not  result in a
material  adverse  effect on the assets,  properties or condition  (financial or
otherwise) of the Grantors, taken as a whole.

        (c) Until  satisfaction in full of the Obligations,  at any time when an
Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing:  (i) each Grantor will perform
any and all  reasonable  actions  requested  by the Agent to enforce the Agent's
security interest in the Inventory and all of the Agent's rights hereunder, such
as leasing  warehouses  to the Agent or its  designee,  placing and  maintaining
signs,  appointing  custodians,   transferring  Inventory  to  warehouses,   and
delivering to the Agent warehouse receipts and documents of title in the Agent's
name;  (ii) if any  Inventory  is in the  possession  or  control  of any of the
Grantors' agents,  contractors or processors or any other third party, each such
Grantor will notify the Agent  thereof and will notify such agents,  contractors
or processors or third party of the Agent's security  interest therein and, upon
request,  instruct  them to hold  all  such  Inventory  for the  Agent  and such
Grantor's  account,  as their  interests may appear,  and subject to the Agent's
instructions; (iii) the Agent shall have the right to hold all Inventory subject
to the security  interest granted  hereunder;  and (iv) the Agent shall have the
right to take  possession  of the  Inventory or any part thereof and to maintain
such  possession  on such  Grantor's  premises  or to  remove  any or all of the
Inventory  to such  other  place or  places  as the  Agent  desires  in its sole
discretion.  If  the  Agent  exercises  its  right  to  take  possession  of the
Inventory,  such Grantor,  upon the Agent's demand,  will assemble the Inventory
and make it  available  to the Agent at such  Grantor's  premises at which it is
located.

        SECTION 7.    AS TO ACCOUNTSSECTION 7.  AS TO ACCOUNTS.

        (a) Each  Grantor  shall  keep its  chief  place of  business  and chief
executive  office  and the  office  where it keeps its  records  concerning  the
Accounts,  and the offices  where it keeps all  originals  of all chattel  paper
which evidence Accounts,  at the location therefor specified in Section 4(a) or,
upon 30 days' prior written  notice to the Agent,  at such other  locations in a
jurisdiction  where all actions required by Section 5 shall have been taken with
respect to the  Accounts.  Each Grantor will hold and preserve  such records and
chattel paper and will permit  representatives  of the Agent, at any time during
normal  business  hours,  to inspect and make  abstracts  from such  records and
chattel paper in accordance with Section 5.06 of the Credit Agreement.

        (b) Except as otherwise  provided in this  subsection  (b), each Grantor
shall continue to collect in accordance with its customary practice,  at its own
expense,  all amounts due or to become due to such  Grantor  under the  Accounts
and, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall have the
right to adjust,  settle or compromise the amount or payment of any Account,  or
release  wholly or partly any account  debtor or obligor  thereof,  or allow any
credit or discount thereon, all in accordance with its customary  practices.  In
connection  with such  collections,  the 


                                       8
<PAGE>


Grantors may, upon the  occurrence  and during the  continuation  of an Event of
Default,  take (and at the direction of the Agent shall take) such action as the
Grantors or the Agent may  reasonably  deem  necessary  or  advisable to enforce
collection of the Accounts;  provided,  that upon written notice by the Agent to
any Grantor, following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of
Default, of its intention so to do, the Agent shall have the right to notify the
account  debtors  or  obligors  under any  Accounts  of the  assignment  of such
Accounts  to the Agent and to direct  such  account  debtors or obligors to make
payment of all amounts due or to become due to such Grantor thereunder  directly
to the Agent and, upon such notification and at the expense of such Grantor,  to
enforce collection of any such Accounts, and to adjust, settle or compromise the
amount or payment  thereof,  in the same  manner and to the same  extent as such
Grantor might have done. After receipt by such Grantor of the notice referred to
in the  proviso  to  the  preceding  sentence,  (i)  all  amounts  and  proceeds
(including  instruments)  received  by such  Grantor in respect of the  Accounts
shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Agent (for the ratable benefit
of the Banks)  hereunder,  shall be segregated  from other funds of the Grantors
and shall be  forthwith  paid over to the Agent in the same form as so  received
(with any necessary  endorsement)  to be held as cash  collateral and either (A)
released  to the  Grantors  if such  Event of  Default  shall have been cured or
waived or (B) if such Event of Default shall be continuing,  applied as provided
by Section 15, and (ii) the Grantors shall not adjust,  settle or compromise the
amount or payment of any Account, or release wholly or partly any account debtor
or obligor thereof, or allow any credit or discount thereon.

        SECTION 8.    AS TO TRADEMARKS, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS.

        (a) Each Grantor shall, either itself or through licensees,  continue to
use the Trademarks as each is currently used in the Grantor's  business in order
to maintain the Trademarks in full force free from any claim of abandonment  for
nonuse and each such Grantor will not (and will not permit any licensee  thereof
to) do any act or knowingly  omit to do any act whereby any Trademark may become
invalidated,  unless such failure to use a Trademark is not reasonably likely to
have a  material  adverse  effect on the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise),
operation or properties of the Grantors taken as a whole.

        (b) No  Grantor  will do any  act,  or omit to do any act,  whereby  the
Patents or  Copyrights  may become  abandoned or dedicated and each such Grantor
shall  notify the Agent  immediately  if it knows of any reason or has reason to
know that any  application or  registration  may become  abandoned or dedicated,
unless  such  abandonment  or  dedication  is not  reasonably  likely  to have a
material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or
properties of the Grantors taken as a whole.

        (c) No  Grantor  will,  either  itself or through  any agent,  employee,
licensee or designee, (i) file an application for the registration of any Patent
or Trademark  with the United States Patent and Trademark  Office or any similar
office or agency in any other  country or any political  subdivision  thereof or
(ii) file any  assignment  of any patent or  trademark,  which such  Grantor may
acquire from a third party,  with the United States Patent and Trademark  Office
or  any  similar  office  or  agency  in any  other  country  or  any  political
subdivision thereof, unless such Grantor shall, within 


                                       9
<PAGE>


30 days after the date of such  filing,  notify  the Agent  thereof,  and,  upon
request of the Agent,  execute and deliver any and all assignments,  agreements,
instruments,  documents  and  papers as the Agent may  request to  evidence  the
Agent's  interest  in such  Patent or  Trademark  and the  goodwill  and general
intangibles of such Grantor  relating thereto or represented  thereby,  and such
Grantor hereby  constitutes the Agent its  attorney-in-fact  to execute and file
all such writings for the foregoing  purposes,  all lawful acts of such attorney
being hereby  ratified and confirmed;  such power being coupled with an interest
is irrevocable until the Obligations are paid in full.

        (d) Each Grantor will take all necessary steps in any proceeding  before
the United  States  Patent and Trademark  Office,  the United  States  Copyright
Office or any  similar  office or agency in any other  country or any  political
subdivision  thereof,  to maintain in all material respects each application and
registration  of all material  Trademarks,  Patents and  Copyrights,  including,
without  limitation,  filing  of  renewals,  affidavits  of use,  affidavits  of
incontestability and opposition, interference and cancellation proceedings.

        (e) Each Grantor will,  without  further order of the Bankruptcy  Court,
perform all acts and execute and deliver all further  instruments and documents,
including,  without  limitation,  assignments  for security in form suitable for
filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and the United States
Copyright Office, respectively, reasonably requested by the Agent at any time to
evidence,  perfect,  maintain,  record and enforce  the Agent's  interest in all
material  Trademarks,  Patents and Copyrights or otherwise in furtherance of the
provisions of this  Agreement,  and each Grantor hereby  authorizes the Agent to
execute  and  file  one or  more  accurate  financing  statements  (and  similar
documents)  or copies  thereof or of this  Security  Agreement  with  respect to
material Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights signed only by the Agent.

        (f) Each Grantor will, upon acquiring knowledge of any use by any person
of any term or design  likely to cause  confusion  with any material  Trademark,
promptly notify the Agent of such use, and if requested by the Agent, shall join
with the Agent, at such Grantor's  expense,  in such action as the Agent, in its
reasonable  discretion,  may deem  advisable  for the  protection of the Agent's
interest in and to the Trademarks.

        SECTION 9.  AS TO THE PLEDGED COLLATERAL; VOTING RIGHTS; DIVIDENDS; ETC.

        (a)  So  long  as no  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be
continuing:

               (i) the  Grantors (as  applicable)  shall be entitled to exercise
               any and all voting and other consensual  rights pertaining to the
               Pledged  Collateral  or any  part  thereof  for any  purpose  not
               inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement provided, that such
               Grantors shall not exercise or shall refrain from  exercising any
               such right if, in the Agent's  reasonable  judgment,  such action
               would have a material  adverse effect on the value of the Pledged
               Collateral or any part thereof;


                                       10
<PAGE>


               (ii)  notwithstanding  the  provisions of Section 1 hereof,  such
               Grantors  shall be  entitled  to  receive  and retain any and all
               dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Shares ; provided,  that
               any and all

                      (A) dividends  paid  or  payable  other  than  in  cash in
                          respect  of,  and   instruments   and  other  property
                          received,   receivable  or  otherwise  distributed  in
                          respect of, or in exchange  for,  any Pledged  Shares,
                          and

                      (B) dividends and other  distributions  paid or payable in
                          cash in respect of any  Pledged  Shares in  connection
                          with a partial or total  liquidation or dissolution or
                          in  connection  with a reduction  of capital,  capital
                          surplus or paid-in-surplus, and

                      (C) cash paid, payable or otherwise distributed in respect
                          of principal of, or in  redemption  of, or in exchange
                          for, any Pledged Shares;

        shall be,  and  shall be  forthwith  delivered  to the Agent to hold as,
        Pledged  Collateral  and shall,  if received by any of the Grantors,  be
        received in trust for the benefit of the Agent,  be segregated  from the
        other property or funds of such Grantor,  and be forthwith  delivered to
        the Agent as Pledged  Collateral  in the same form as so received  (with
        any necessary endorsement); and

               (iii) the Agent  execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and
               delivered) to the Grantors (as  applicable)  all such proxies and
               other  instruments as the Grantors (as applicable) may reasonably
               request for the purpose of enabling  such Grantor to exercise the
               voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant
               to paragraph (i) above and to receive the  dividends  which it is
               authorized  to receive  and retain  pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii)
               above;

        (b)  Upon the  occurrence  and  during  the  continuance  of an Event of
Default:

               (i) upon  written  notice  from the  Agent  to the  Grantors  (as
               applicable)  to such  effect,  all  rights of such  Grantors  (as
               applicable)  to exercise the voting and other  consensual  rights
               which it would  otherwise  be entitled  to  exercise  pursuant to
               Section  9(a)(i)  and to  receive  the  dividends  which it would
               otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section
               9(a)(ii) shall cease,  and all such rights shall thereupon become
               vested in the Agent,  who shall  thereupon have the sole right to
               exercise such voting and other  consensual  rights and to receive
               and hold as Pledged Collateral any such dividends; and

               (ii) all dividends  which are received by such Grantors  contrary
               to the  provisions of paragraph (i) of this Section 9(b) shall be
               received  in  trust  for  the  benefit  of the  Agent,  shall  be
               segregated  from  other  funds  of  the  Grantors  and  shall  be
               forthwith  

                                       11

<PAGE>


               paid over to the Agent as  Pledged Collateral in the same form as
               so received (with any necessary endorsement).

        SECTION 10. INSURANCE.  Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, maintain
insurance  with respect to the Inventory and Equipment in such amounts,  against
such risks,  in such form and with such insurers,  as is provided for in Section
5.03 of the  Credit  Agreement.  Following  an Event of  Default  and during its
continuance,  each Grantor shall, at the request of the Agent,  duly execute and
deliver  instruments  of  assignment  of such  insurance  policies and cause the
respective insurers to acknowledge notice of such assignment.

        Upon the occurrence and during the  continuance of any Event of Default,
all insurance payments in respect of such Inventory and Equipment shall be held,
applied and paid to the Agent as specified in Section 15 hereof.

        SECTION 11.  TRANSFERS TO OTHERS; LIENS; ADDITIONAL SHARES. Each Grantor
shall not:

        (a) Sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose
of any of the Collateral,  except for  dispositions  otherwise  permitted by the
Credit Agreement.

        (b)  Create or suffer to exist  any  lien,  security  interest  or other
charge or  encumbrance  upon or with respect to any of the  Collateral to secure
any obligation of any person or entity, except for the security interest created
by this Agreement and the Orders, or except as otherwise permitted by the Credit
Agreement.

        (c) Each of the Grantors (as  applicable)  agrees that it will (i) cause
each of the Issuers that are wholly-owned Subsidiaries not to issue any stock or
other securities in addition to or substitution for the Pledged Shares issued by
such  Issuer,  except  to the  respective  Grantor  and (ii)  pledge  hereunder,
immediately upon its acquisition  (directly or indirectly)  thereof, any and all
such  additional  shares  of stock or other  securities  of each  Issuer  of the
Pledged Shares.

        SECTION  12.  AGENT  APPOINTED  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.  Each  Grantor  hereby
irrevocably   appoints  the  Agent  such   Grantor's   attorney-in-fact   (which
appointment shall be irrevocable and deemed coupled with an interest), with full
authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor
or otherwise,  from time to time in the Agent's discretion,  upon and during the
occurrence and  continuation  of an Event of Default,  to take any action and to
execute  any  instrument  which the Agent may deem  necessary  or  advisable  to
accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

               (i)   to  obtain  and  adjust insurance required  to be  paid  to
               the  Agent pursuant to Section 10,


                                       12

<PAGE>


               (ii) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive
               and give  acquittance  and  receipts for moneys due and to become
               due under or in respect of any of the Collateral,

               (iii) to  receive,  endorse,  and  collect  any  drafts  or other
               instruments,  documents and chattel  paper,  in  connection  with
               clause (i) or (ii) above,

               (iv) to receive, endorse and collect all instruments made payable
               to the Grantors  representing any dividend or other  distribution
               in respect of the Pledged  Collateral  or any part thereof and to
               give full discharge for the same, and

               (v) to file  any  claims  or take any  action  or  institute  any
               proceedings  which the Agent may deem  necessary or desirable for
               the  collection of any of the  Collateral or otherwise to enforce
               the rights of the Agent with respect to any of the Collateral.

        SECTION  13.  AGENT MAY  PERFORM.  If any  Grantor  fails to perform any
agreement  contained herein, the Agent may itself perform,  or cause performance
of,  such  agreement,  and the  expenses  of the Agent  incurred  in  connection
therewith shall be payable by the Grantors under Section 16(b).

        SECTION  14.  THE  AGENT'S  DUTIES.  The powers  conferred  on the Agent
hereunder  are solely to protect its interest and the  interests of the Banks in
the  Collateral  and shall not  impose  any duty  upon it to  exercise  any such
powers.  Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the
accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Agent shall have no
duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve
rights against prior parties or any other rights  pertaining to any  Collateral,
including,  without  limitation,  ascertaining  or taking action with respect to
calls, conversions,  exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to
any  Pledged  Collateral,  whether  or not the  Agent  has or is  deemed to have
knowledge of such matters.

        SECTION 15.   REMEDIES.  If  any  Event of Default  shall  have occurred
and  be  continuing, and  subject to the  provisions  of Section 7 of the Credit
Agreement:

        (a) The Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral,  in addition to
other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise  available to it, and
without  application  to or order of the  Bankruptcy  Court,  all the rights and
remedies of a secured  party on default  under the Uniform  Commercial  Code and
also may (i) require  each Grantor to, and each  Grantor  hereby  agrees that it
will at its expense and upon  request of the Agent  forthwith,  assemble  all or
part of the  Collateral  as directed by the Agent and make it  available  to the
Agent at a place to be designated by the Agent which is reasonably convenient to
both  parties  and (ii)  without  notice  except as  specified  below,  sell the
Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale,
at any of the Agent's  offices or  elsewhere,  for cash, on credit or for future
delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Agent may
deem commercially reasonable.  Each Grantor agrees that, 


                                       13
<PAGE>


to the extent  notice of such sale shall be  required by law, at least ten days'
notice  to the  Grantors  of the time and place of any  public  sale or the time
after  which  any  private  sale  is  to be  made  shall  constitute  reasonable
notification.  The Agent shall not be obligated  to make any sale of  Collateral
regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Agent may adjourn any public
or private  sale from time to time by  announcement  at the time and place fixed
therefor,  and such sale may,  without further  notice,  be made at the time and
place to which it was so adjourned.

        (b) The Agent may  instruct  the Grantors not to make any further use of
the  Patents,  Copyrights  or  Trademarks  or any mark  similar  thereto for any
purpose to the extent that such use would be  inconsistent  with the exercise by
the Agent of any other remedies under this Section.

        (c) The Agent may license,  whether general,  special or otherwise,  and
whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any of the Trademarks, Patents or
Copyrights throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions,  and
in such manner, as the Agent shall in its sole discretion determine.

        (d) The  Agent  may  (without  assuming  any  obligations  or  liability
thereunder),  at any  time,  enforce  (and  shall  have the  exclusive  right to
enforce)  against any  licensee or  sublicensee  all rights and  remedies of the
Grantors in, to and under any one or more license agreements with respect to the
Collateral,  and take or refrain from taking any action  under any thereof,  and
each of the  Grantors  hereby  releases  the Agent from,  and agrees to hold the
Agent free and harmless  from and against any claims  arising out of, any action
taken or omitted to be taken with respect to any such license agreement.

        (e)  In the  event  of any  such  license,  assignment,  sale  or  other
disposition  of the  Collateral,  or any of it, each  Grantor  shall  supply its
know-how  and  expertise  relating to the  manufacture  and sale of the products
bearing or in connection  with the  Trademarks,  Patents or Copyrights,  and its
customer  lists  and  other  records  relating  to the  Trademarks,  Patents  or
Copyrights  and to the  distribution  of  said  products,  to the  Agent  or its
designee.

        (f) In order to implement the assignment,  sale or other disposal of any
of the Trademarks,  Patents or Copyrights,  the Agent may, at any time, pursuant
to the authority granted in Section 12 hereof,  execute and deliver on behalf of
the Grantors,  one or more instruments of assignment of the Trademarks,  Patents
or Copyrights (or any application of registration thereof), in form suitable for
filing, recording or registration in any country.

        (g) All cash  proceeds  received by the Agent in respect of any sale of,
collection  from, or other  realization  upon all or any part of the  Collateral
may, in the discretion of the Agent, be held by the Agent as collateral for, and
then or at any time thereafter  applied (after payment of any amounts payable to
the Agent pursuant to Section 16 hereof) in whole or in part against, all or any
part of the  Obligations in such order as the Agent shall elect.  Any surplus of
such cash or cash proceeds held by the Agent and remaining after payment in full
of all the  Obligations  shall be paid over to the Grantors or to whomsoever may
be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.


                                       14
<PAGE>


        (h) If at any time when the Agent shall  determine to exercise its right
to sell all or any part of the Pledged  Collateral  pursuant to this Section 15,
such Pledged  Collateral or the part thereof to be sold shall not be effectively
registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and as from time to
time in effect, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the "Securities Act"),
the Agent is hereby expressly authorized to sell such Pledged Collateral or such
part thereof by private sale in such manner and under such  circumstances as the
Agent may deem  necessary  or  advisable  in order that such sale may legally be
effected  without such  registration.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the
foregoing, in any such event the Agent, in compliance with applicable securities
laws,  (a)  may  proceed  to  make  such  private  sale  notwithstanding  that a
registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or
such part  thereof  shall have been filed  under such  Securities  Act,  (b) may
approach and  negotiate  with a restricted  number of  potential  purchasers  to
effect  such  sale and (c) may  restrict  such  sale to  purchasers  as to their
number, nature of business and investment intention including without limitation
to purchasers  each of whom will represent and agree to the  satisfaction of the
Agent that such purchaser is purchasing for its own account, for investment, and
not with a view to the distribution or sale of such Pledged Collateral,  or part
thereof,  it being  understood that the Agent may cause or require each Grantor,
and each Grantor hereby agrees upon the written  request of the Agent,  to cause
(i) a legend or legends to be placed on the certificates to be delivered to such
purchasers to the effect that the Pledged  Collateral  represented  thereby have
not been  registered  under the Securities Act and setting forth or referring to
restrictions on the transferability of such securities; and (ii) the issuance of
stop transfer instructions to such Issuer's transfer agent, if any, with respect
to the Pledged  Collateral,  or, if such Issuer transfers its own securities,  a
notation in the  appropriate  records of such  Issuer.  In the event of any such
sale,  each Grantor does hereby  consent and agree that the Agent shall incur no
responsibility  or  liability  for  selling  all or  any  part  of  the  Pledged
Collateral  at  a  price  which  the  Agent  may  deem   reasonable   under  the
circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price
might be realized if the sale were public and deferred until after  registration
as aforesaid.

        SECTION 16.   INDEMNITY AND EXPENSES.SECTION 16. INDEMNITY AND EXPENSES.

        (a) Each Grantor,  jointly and severally,  agrees to indemnify the Agent
from and against any and all claims,  losses and  liabilities  growing out of or
resulting from this Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  enforcement of
this Agreement),  except claims, losses or liabilities directly arising from the
Agent's own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

        (b) The Grantors will upon demand pay to the Agent the amount of any and
all reasonable expenses,  including the reasonable fees and disbursements of its
counsel and of any experts and agents,  which the Agent may incur in  connection
with (i) the administration of this Agreement,  (ii) the custody,  preservation,
use or operation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon,
any of the Collateral, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of
the Agent  hereunder  or (iv) the  failure by any of the  Grantors to perform or
observe any of the provisions hereof.


                                       15

<PAGE>


        (c) The Grantors assume all  responsibility  and liability  arising from
the use of the  Trademarks,  Patents and  Copyrights,  and the Grantors  hereby,
jointly and  severally,  indemnify and hold the Agent  harmless from and against
any claim, suit, loss, damage or expense (including  reasonable attorneys' fees)
arising out of any alleged defect in any product manufactured,  promoted or sold
by  any  of  the  Grantors  in  connection  with  any  Trademark  or  out of the
manufacture,  promotion, labelling, sale or advertisement of any such product by
any of the  Grantors  except  as the  same  may have  resulted  from  the  gross
negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Agent.

        (d) Each of the Grantors agree that the Agent does not assume, and shall
have no  responsibility  for, the payment of any sums due or to become due under
any agreement or contract  included in the Collateral or the  performance of any
obligations  to be  performed  under or with  respect to any such  agreement  or
contract by any of the  Grantors,  and except as the same may have resulted from
the gross  negligence or willful  misconduct of the Agent,  each of the Grantors
hereby jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold the Agent harmless with
respect to any and all claims by any person relating thereto.

        SECTION  17.  SECURITY  INTEREST  ABSOLUTE.  All rights of the Agent and
security  interests  hereunder,  and all  obligations  of  each of the  Grantors
hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any circumstance
which might constitute a defense  available to, or a discharge of, any guarantor
or other obligor in respect of the Obligations.

        SECTION 18. AMENDMENTS;  ETC. No amendment or waiver of any provision of
this  Agreement,  nor  any  consent  to any  departure  by  any of the  Grantors
herefrom,  shall in any event be  effective  unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought, and then such waiver
or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
purpose for which given.

        SECTION 19. ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES.  All notices and other communications
provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given in accordance with
the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement.

        SECTION 20. CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST.  This Agreement shall create a
continuing  security  interest  in the  Collateral  and shall (i) remain in full
force and effect until payment in full of the Obligations,  (ii) be binding upon
each of the Grantors,  their  successors  and assigns and (iii) inure,  together
with the rights and remedies of the Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Agent
and each of the Banks and their respective successors,  transferees and assigns.
Upon the  payment in full of the  Obligations,  the  security  interest  granted
hereby  shall  terminate  and all rights to the  Collateral  shall revert to the
Grantors  subject to any existing liens,  security  interests or encumbrances on
such  Collateral.  Upon any such  termination,  the Agent will, at the Grantor's
expense,  execute and deliver to the  Grantors  such  documents  as the Grantors
shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.


                                       16

<PAGE>


        SECTION  21.  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the  State of New  York,  except  as
required  by  mandatory  provisions  of law and  except to the  extent  that the
validity  or  perfection  of  the  security  interest  hereunder,   or  remedies
hereunder, in respect of any particular Collateral are governed by the laws of a
jurisdiction  other  than the State of New York and by Federal  law  (including,
without  limitation,  the Bankruptcy Code) to the extent the same has pre-empted
the law of the State of New York or such other jurisdiction.

        SECTION 22.  HEADINGS. Section  headings in this  Agreement are included
herein for convenience  of  reference  only and shall not  constitute  a part of
this  Agreement  for any other purpose.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  each of the Grantors and the Agent have caused this
Agreement  to be duly  executed  and  delivered  by  their  respective  officers
thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

                                    GRANTORS:

                                    PARAGON TRADE BRANDS, INC.


                                    By:      /s/ Alan J. Cyron
                                        --------------------------
                                    Title:

                                    PTB INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                    By:      /s/ Alan J. Cyron
                                        --------------------------
                                    Title:

                                    CHANGING PARADIGMS INC.


                                    By:      /s/ Robert R. Ziek
                                        --------------------------
                                    Title:

                                    PARAGON TRADE BRANDS FSC, INC.


                                    By:      /s/ Alan J. Cyron
                                        --------------------------
                                    Title:




                                       17
<PAGE>



                                    PTB ACQUISITION SUB, INC.

                                    By:      /s/ Alan J. Cyron
                                        --------------------------
                                    Title:

                                    AGENT:

                                    THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                                    INDIVIDUALLY AND AS AGENT

                                    By:      /s/ 
                                        --------------------------
                                    Title: Managing Director

                                    270 Park Avenue
                                    New York, New York 10017


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED
FROM FORM 10Q FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 29, 1998 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                           1,000
       
<S>                                                    <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                          3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                      DEC-27-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                         DEC-29-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                           MAR-29-1998
<CASH>                                                      31,040
<SECURITIES>                                                     0
<RECEIVABLES>                                               73,973
<ALLOWANCES>                                                  7,283
<INVENTORY>                                                 44,973
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                           148,214
<PP&E>                                                     267,030
<DEPRECIATION>                                             156,886
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                             403,845
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                       62,210
<BONDS>                                                          0
                                            0
                                                      0
<COMMON>                                                       123
<OTHER-SE>                                                  10,148
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                               403,845
<SALES>                                                    138,297
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                           138,297
<CGS>                                                      110,799
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                              110,799
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                                 0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                                 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                             290
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                              8,102
<INCOME-TAX>                                                   450
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                          6,006
<DISCONTINUED>                                                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                  0
<CHANGES>                                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                                 6,006
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                  .50
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                  .50
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission